Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H CORRESP Correspondence with SEC

Law Department

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

350 Church Street

Hartford, CT 06103

Scott C. Durocher

Assistant Vice President

and Senior Counsel

Phone: 860-466-1222

Scott.Durocher@LFG.com

VIA Email & EDGAR

April 5, 2018

Alberto Zapata

Senior Counsel

Disclosure Review and Accounting Office

Division of Investment Management

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, DC 20549-8629

RE:

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 File No. 333-212681	Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 File No. 333-61592

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 File No. 333-186894	Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 File No. 333-172328

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 File No. 333-214143

Dear Mr. Zapata:

This letter is in response to your comments received by telephone on March 26 and March 29. The blacklined prospectus attached is File No. 333-212681, and reflects changes made in response to these comments. Corresponding changes will be made to the other filings referenced above, as applicable, following your approval.

1.	Special Terms

a.	Income Base - Please include information about how the Income Base is used to calculate the enhancement.

b.	Rate Sheet – Consider whether you need to be more specific about when rates could change.

Response:

a.	The disclosure has been revised.

b.	We think the disclosure is adequate. The beginning and end dates are indicated on the rate sheets and new rate sheets are filed 10 days before they become effective. We think this provides adequate notice to contractowners of rate changes and as to the duration that rates will be in effect.

2.	Fees Tables

a.	Surrender Charge – (File Nos. 333-61592; 333-186894) – Please show the step-down of the surrender charge on the fee table.

b.	Table A – Footnote 1 (File No. 333-172328) – Please move the footnote discussing the account fee to the next page with the rest of the footnote.

c.	Table A – Footnote 2 (File No. 333-212681) – Please move the administrative charge from the footnotes to the fee table and include the maximum and current charges. Make corresponding changes to all fee tables.

d.	Table A – Footnote 2 (File No. 333-186894) and Footnote 3 (File No. 333-61592) – Please consider stating the specific breakdown of the mortality & expense risk charge and the administrative charge after the Annuity Commencement Date.

e.	Table A – Footnote 8 (File No. 333-61592) – The footnote states that rider charges are deducted on a quarterly basis. Will the changes made to the rate sheet frequency impact the frequency of when charges are deducted?

f.	Table E – Footnote 2 (File No. 333-61592) – The third line from the bottom references riders elected before January 2009. Please consider removing this sentence if it is no longer relevant.

g.	Update the fund fees for 2017.

Response:

a.	The step-down of the surrender charge has been added.

b.	The footnote has been moved.

c.	The administrative charge has been added to the fee table. Maximum and current charges do not apply to the Product Charge.

d.	The specific breakdown of the mortality & expense risk charge and the administrative charge has been added to the footnote.

e.	The charges will continue to be deducted quarterly.

f.	This sentence is relevant as it discusses how the charge will be increased upon a reset of the Income Base for that subset of contractowners.

g.	The fund fees have been updated

3.	Examples – Confirm that the first example reflects the maximum combination of riders, and that the highest expenses are presented first.

Response: The first example reflects the maximum mix of riders and the highest expenses.

4.	Summary of Common Questions

a.	Please add a question discussing the enhancement feature, when it can be purchased, whether it can be discontinued, and any other relevant terms.

b.	What are Living Benefit Riders? – The disclosure states that a rider can be discontinued at any time. Please include what the notice period is for discontinuing the offering of any living benefit rider.

c.	Please add a question discussing the ability to transition from a prior rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Benefit. Specifically address why a contractowner would want to make this transition.

Response:

The enhancement feature is not a stand-alone feature that can be purchased or discontinued. It is a built-in feature of several of our living benefit riders. We have made an effort to remove lengthy details about the individual riders from the Summary of Common questions section. As such, we would prefer not to add an additional question to discuss a single feature.

b.	We do not have a contractual notice period, but have added the phrase "upon advance written notice" to this sentence.

c.	This disclosure has been added.

5.	Charges and Other Deductions – Rider Charges (File No. 333-172328) – Please consider moving the charge sections for closed riders to an appendix.

Response: These sections have been moved.

6.	Death Benefits (File No. 333-172328) – Please consider moving the section for the closed death benefit to an appendix.

Response: This section has been moved.

7.	Effective Dates – Please explain the significance of the dates February 20, 2018 and April 2, 2018 as used throughout the prospectus.

Response: The changes to the rider benefits went into effect for new contractowners on February 20, 2018 and for current contractowners on April 2, 2018. The reason the dates were staggered was to allow Lincoln time to notify current contractowners before the changes went into effect.

8.	Investment Requirements (File No. 333-212681)

a.	The chart at the top of page 40 reflects Investment Requirements for riders purchased on and after May 22, 2017. Please confirm what changes were made to the Investment Requirements that were in place prior to this date.

b.	Please add disclosure regarding any notice requirements for making changes to Investment Requirements. Please also add disclosure regarding the purpose of the Investment Requirements.

Response:

a.	The 70% and 30% buckets were added to Investment Requirements beginning May 22, 2017.

b.	The notice provisions can be found in the first full paragraph at the top of page 41. We have also added disclosure explaining the purpose of Investment Requirements on page 40.

9.	Rate Sheets – Please consider being more specific about when rates may change.

Response: We think the disclosure is adequate. The beginning and end dates are indicated on the rate sheets and new rate sheets are filed 10 days before they become effective. We think this provides adequate notice to contractowners of rate changes and as to the duration that rates will be in effect.

10.	Enhancement

a.	Please add disclosure describing whether is it possible that the Enhancement to the Income Base may not be in excess of the Income Base for the entire Enhancement Period. Could a step-up provide a higher amount than a step-up each year, so that the enhancement feature would offer no value?

b.	The bold paragraph in the Enhancement section contains a phrase "when certain conditions are met." Please add disclosure stating the conditions and whether the conditions can be changed by Lincoln after the rider is purchased.

c.	Carry these comments through to the all the other riders.

Response:

a.	The disclosure has been revised accordingly.

b.	This sentence has been removed.

c.	The revisions have been carried over to the other rider sections.

11.	Item 7(c) Disclosure – Please confirm that Item 7(c) disclosure of material changes to the contract is included.

Response: Lincoln's Item 7(c) disclosure can be found in the "Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments" section on page 21 of the prospectus and in the "Amendment of Contract" section on page 75 (File No. 333-212681).

12.	Statement of Additional Information – Please note that the Statement of Additional Information should be included in future filings.

Response: The SAI will be included for all future filings.

13.	Series & Class Identifiers – The Class Identifier for File No. 333-214143 does not include the word "Lincoln" in the name of the product. Please correct.

Response: The Class ID has been corrected.

All required financial statements, exhibits, consents and other disclosure will be filed in the next post-effective amendment for each registration statement. Please call me at 860-466-1222 with any questions or additional comments.

Sincerely,

Scott C. Durocher

American Legacy^® Advisory
Individual Variable Annuity Contracts
Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

May 1, 2018

Home Office:
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1300 South Clinton Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
www.LincolnFinancial.com
1-800-942-5500

This prospectus describes an individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract that is issued by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company). This contract can be purchased as either a nonqualified annuity or qualified retirement annuity under Sections 408 (IRAs) and 408A (Roth IRAs) of the tax code. Generally, you do not pay federal income tax on the contract's growth until it is paid out. You receive tax deferral for an IRA whether or not the funds are invested in an annuity contract. Further, if your contract is a Roth IRA, you generally will not pay income tax on a distribution, provided certain conditions are met. Therefore, there should be reasons other than tax deferral for purchasing a qualified annuity contract.

The contract is designed to accumulate Contract Value and to provide income over a certain period of time, or for life, subject to certain conditions. The benefits offered under this contract may be a variable or fixed amount, if available, or a combination of both. This contract also offers a Death Benefit payable upon the death of the Contractowner or Annuitant. This prospectus is used by both new purchasers and current Contractowners.

The state in which your contract is issued will govern whether or not certain features, riders, restrictions, limitations, charges and fees will apply to your contract. All material state variations are discussed in this prospectus, however, non-material variations may not be discussed. You should refer to your contract regarding state-specific features. Please contact the Home Office or your financial professional regarding availability.

The minimum initial Purchase Payment for the contract is $10,000. Additional Purchase Payments, subject to certain restrictions, may be made to the contract and must be at least $100 per payment ($25 if transmitted electronically), and at least $300 annually. We reserve the right to limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract upon advance written notice.

Except as noted below, you choose whether your Contract Value accumulates on a variable or a fixed (guaranteed) basis or both. Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting Purchase Payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. If any portion of your Contract Value is in the fixed account, we promise to pay you your principal and a minimum interest rate. We may impose restrictions on the fixed account for the life of your contract or during certain periods.

You should carefully consider whether or not this contract is the best product for you.

All Purchase Payments for benefits on a variable basis will be placed in Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H (Variable Annuity Account [VAA]). The VAA is a segregated investment account of Lincoln Life. You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the contract’s variable options (“Subaccounts”), which, in turn, invest in corresponding underlying funds. If the Subaccounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money, it goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the performance of the Subaccounts you select. We do not guarantee how any of the Subaccounts or their funds will perform. Also, neither the U.S. Government nor any federal agency insures or guarantees your investment in the contract. The contracts are not bank deposits and are not endorsed by any bank or government agency.

The available funds are listed below:

American Funds Insurance Series^®:

American Funds Asset Allocation Fund

American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund

American Funds Bond Fund

American Funds Capital Income Builder^®

American Funds Global Balanced Fund^SM

American Funds Global Bond Fund

American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund

American Funds Global Growth Fund

American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund

American Funds Growth Fund

American Funds Growth-Income Fund

American Funds High-Income Bond Fund

American Funds International Fund

American Funds International Growth and Income Fund^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Growth Fund^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Growth-Income Fund^SM

American Funds Managed Risk International Fund^SM

American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM

American Funds New World Fund^®

American Funds U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund

American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund

American Funds Insurance Series^® – Portfolio Series^SM:

American Funds Global Growth Portfolio^SM

American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM

American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust:

LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund

LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund*

LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund*

LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund

LVIP American Income Allocation Fund

LVIP American Preservation Fund

* Refer to the Description of the Funds section of this prospectus for specific information regarding availability of funds.

This prospectus gives you information about the contract that you should know before you decide to buy a contract and make Purchase Payments. You should also review the prospectuses for the funds and keep all prospectuses for future reference.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved this contract or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

More information about the contract is in the current Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus and is legally part of this prospectus. For a free copy of the SAI, write: The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348, or call 1-800-942-5500. The SAI and other information about Lincoln Life and the VAA are also available on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov). There is a table of contents for the SAI on the last page of this prospectus.

Table of Contents

Item	Page
Special Terms	4
Expense Tables	6
Summary of Common Questions	13
Condensed Financial Information	15
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company	16
Variable Annuity Account (VAA)	17
Investments of the Variable Annuity Accounts	17
Charges and Other Deductions	21
The Contracts	28
Purchase Payments	28
Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date	30
Surrenders and Withdrawals	33
Death Benefit	35
Investment Requirements	38
Living Benefit Riders	41
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	42
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage	49
Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage	55
4LATER^® Select Advantage	61
i4LIFE^® Advantage	64
Guaranteed Income Benefit	67
Annuity Payouts	73
Fixed Side of the Contract	74
Distribution of the Contracts	76
Federal Tax Matters	77
Additional Information	82
Voting Rights	82
Return Privilege	82
State Regulation	82
Records and Reports	82
Cyber Security	83
Legal Proceedings	83
Contents of the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H	84
Appendix A—Condensed Financial Information	A-1
Appendix B — Guaranteed Annual Income Rates for Previous Rider Elections	B-1
Appendix C — Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages for Previous Rider Elections	C-1

Table of Contents

Special Terms

In this prospectus, the following terms have the indicated meanings:

Access Period—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, a defined period of time during which we make Regular Income Payments to you while you still have access to your Account Value. This means that you may make withdrawals, surrender the contract, and have a Death Benefit.

Account or Variable Annuity Account (VAA)—The segregated investment account, Account H, into which we set aside and invest the assets for the variable side of the contract offered in this prospectus.

Account Value—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, the initial Account Value is the Contract Value on the Valuation Date that i4LIFE^® Advantage is effective (or initial Purchase Payment if i4LIFE^® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date equals the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, reduced by Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments and withdrawals.

Accumulation Unit—A measure used to calculate Contract Value for the variable side of the contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and to calculate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value during the Access Period.

Annuitant—The person upon whose life the annuity benefit payments are based, and upon whose death a Death Benefit may be paid.

Annuity Commencement Date—The Valuation Date when funds are withdrawn or converted into Annuity Units or fixed dollar payout for payment of retirement income benefits under the Annuity Payout option you select (other than i4LIFE^® Advantage).

Annuity Payout—A regularly scheduled payment (under any of the available annuity options) that occurs after the Annuity Commencement Date (or Periodic Income Commencement Date if i4LIFE^® Advantage has been elected). Payments may be variable or fixed, or a combination of both.

Annuity Unit—A measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity Payouts for the variable side of the contract after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Automatic Annual Step-up—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the Income Base and/or Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary, subject to certain conditions.

Beneficiary—The person you choose to receive any Death Benefit paid if you die before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Benefit Year—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that.

Contractowner (you, your, owner)—The person who can exercise the rights within the contract (decides on investment allocations, transfers, payout option, designates the Beneficiary, etc.). Usually, but not always, the Contractowner is the Annuitant.

Contract Value (may be referred to as Account Value in marketing materials)—At any given time before the Annuity Commencement Date, the total value of all Accumulation Units of a contact, plus the value of the fixed side of the contract, if any.

Contract Year—Each 12-month period starting with the effective date of the contract and starting with each contract anniversary after that.

Death Benefit—Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the amount payable to your designated Beneficiary if the Contractowner dies. As an alternative, the Contractowner may receive a Death Benefit on the death of the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

Enhancement—A feature under certain Living Benefit Riders in which the Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, will be increased, subject to certain conditions and limitations.

Enhancement Base—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, a value used to calculate the amount added to the Income Base when an Enhancement occurs. The amount of the Enhancement Base is equal to your initial Purchase Payment, and is adjusted as set forth in this prospectus.

Enhancement Period—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the 10-year period during which an Enhancement is in effect. A new Enhancement Period may begin each time an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Contract Value occurs, depending on which Living Benefit Rider you have elected, and subject to certain conditions.

Excess Withdrawals—Amounts withdrawn during a Benefit Year, as specified for each Living Benefit Rider, which decrease or eliminate the guarantees under the rider.

Fee-Based Financial Plan—A wrap account, managed account or other investment program whereby an investment firm/professional offers asset allocation and/or investment advice for a fee. Such programs can be offered by broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisers, trust companies and other firms. Under this arrangement, the Contractowner pays the investment firm/professional directly for services.

Good Order—The actual receipt at our Home Office of the requested transaction in writing or by other means we accept, along with all information and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. The forms we provide will identify the necessary documentation. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is

Table of Contents

in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order requirements at any time.

Guaranteed Annual Income—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal amount available from the contract each Benefit Year for life under certain Living Benefit Riders.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option—A payout option available under certain Living Benefit Riders in which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life.

Income Base—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount or the minimum payouts under your contract at a later date. The initial Income Base is equal to your initial Purchase Payment (or your Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, if you elect the rider after we have issued the contract). The Income Base is increased by Enhancements, Automatic Annual Step-ups and additional Purchase Payments, and reduced upon an Excess Withdrawal (or withdrawals under 4LATER^® Select Advantage).

Investment Requirements—Restrictions in how you may allocate your Subaccount investments if you own certain Living Benefit Riders.

Lifetime Income Period—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, the period of time following the Access Period during which we make Regular Income Payments to you for the rest of your life (and Secondary Life, if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer have access to your Account Value or receive a Death Benefit.

Lincoln Life (we, us, our, Company)—The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.

Living Benefit Rider—A general reference to optional riders that provide some type of a minimum guarantee while you are alive. If you select a Living Benefit Rider, Excess Withdrawals may have adverse effects on the benefit, and you may be subject to Investment Requirements.

Nursing Home Enhancement—A feature that will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) upon admittance to an approved nursing care facility, subject to certain conditions.

Periodic Income Commencement Date—The Valuation Date on which the amount of i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments are determined.

Purchase Payments—Amounts paid into the contract.

Rate Sheet—A prospectus supplement, that will be filed periodically, where we declare the current withdrawal rates or Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages under certain Living Benefit Riders.

Regular Income Payments—The variable, periodic income payments paid under i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Secondary Life—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the person designated by the Contractowner upon whose life the annuity payments will also be contingent.

Selling Group Individuals—A Contractowner who meets one of the following criteria at the time of the contract purchase and who purchases the contract without the assistance of a registered representative under contract with us:

•	Employees and registered representatives of any member of the selling group (broker-dealers who have selling agreements with us for the products described in this prospectus) and their spouses and minor children.
•	Officers, directors, trustees or bona-fide full-time employees and their spouses and minor children of American Funds Distributors Inc., Lincoln Financial Group or any of the investment advisers of the funds currently being offered, or their affiliated or managed companies.

Subaccount—Each portion of the VAA that reflects investments in Accumulation and Annuity Units of a class of a particular fund available under the contracts. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of a fund.

Valuation Date—Each day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading.

Valuation Period—The period starting at the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day that the NYSE is open for trading (Valuation Date) and ending at the close of such trading on the next Valuation Date.

Table of Contents

Expense Tables

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the contract.

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the contract, surrender the contract, or transfer Contract Value between investment options, and/or the fixed account (if available). State premium taxes may also be deducted. The premium tax rates range from zero to 5%.

CONTRACTOWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Accumulation Phase:
There are no sales charges, deferred sales charges, or surrender charges associated with this contract.

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses. Only one table will apply to a given Contractowner. The tables differ based on whether the Contractowner has purchased the i4LIFE^® Advantage rider.

•	Table A reflects the expenses for a contract that has not elected i4LIFE^® Advantage (Base contract).
•	Table B reflects the expenses for a contract that has elected i4LIFE^® Advantage.
•	Table C reflects the expenses for a contract that has elected i4LIFE^® Advantage and Highest Anniversary Death Benefit.
•	Table D reflects the expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk).
•	Table E reflects the expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage.

TABLE A

Expenses for a Contract that has not Elected i4LIFE^® Advantage (Base contract)

Annual Account Fee:¹	$50

Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts):
Product Charge²
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:³
Age at Issue 1 – 80
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge	0.20%
Administrative Charge	0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses	0.30%
Age at Issue 81 – 85
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge	0.40%
Administrative Charge	0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses	0.50%
Contract Value Death Benefit
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge	0.10%
Administrative Charge	0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses	0.20%

Optional Death Benefit Charges:	Single/Joint Life

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit:⁴
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	1.25%
Current Annual Charge	0.25%

Table of Contents

Optional Living Benefit Rider Charges:	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018:⁵
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018:⁵
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.05%	1.25%
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage:⁵
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage:⁵
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
4LATER^® Select Advantage:⁶
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%

¹	During the accumulation phase, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon the surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $50,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or day of surrender).

²	The product charge is comprised of a mortality and expense risk charge of 0.10% and an administrative charge of 0.10% on and after the Annuity Commencement Date.

³	The product charge is based on the oldest Contractowner's or Annuitant's age at the time the contract is issued.
⁴	As an annualized percentage of the highest anniversary value at the time of the charge. We will deduct this charge from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider effective date. See the Charges and Other Deductions section for a discussion of how the charge is calculated. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit product charge also applies.
⁵	As an annualized percentage of the Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, any applicable step-ups, Enhancements, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. See Charges and Other Deductions for more information about your Living Benefit Rider.
⁶	As an annualized percentage of the Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, any applicable step-ups, Enhancements and decreased by withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. See Charges and Other Deductions for more information about your Living Benefit Rider.

TABLE B

Expenses for a Contract that has Elected i4LIFE^® Advantage

Annual Account Fee:¹	$50

i4LIFE^® Advantage without a Guaranteed Income Benefit rider:²
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:³
Age at Issue 1 – 80	0.70%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	0.90%
Account Value Death Benefit	0.60%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018 and i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit riders:⁴	Single Life	Joint Life
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:³
Guaranteed Maximum Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	2.95%	3.15%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	3.15%	3.35%
Current Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	1.65%	1.85%

Table of Contents

Age at Issue 81 – 85	1.85%	2.05%
Account Value Death Benefit:
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.85%	3.05%
Current Charge	1.55%	1.75%
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018:⁴
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:³
Guaranteed Maximum Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	2.70%	2.70%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	2.90%	2.90%
Current Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	1.35%	1.55%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	1.55%	1.75%
Account Value Death Benefit:
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.60%	2.60%
Current Charge	1.25%	1.45%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon the surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $50,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or day of surrender).
²	As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Charge for more information. These charges continue during the Access Period. The i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate is reduced to 0.60% during the Lifetime Income Period.
³	The product charge is based on the oldest Contractowner's or Annuitant's age at the time the contract is issued.
⁴	The current annual charge rate for the Select Guaranteed Income Benefit is 0.95% of Account Value for the single life option with a guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 2.25%, and 1.15% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 2.45%. The current annual charge rate for the Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) is XX% of Account Value for the single life option and XX% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of XX%. The charge rate for Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018, is 0.65% of Account Value for the single life option and 0.85% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of 2.00%. These charges are added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charges to comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate of 0.60%. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for more information.

TABLE C

Expenses for a Contract that has Elected i4LIFE^® Advantage and Highest Anniversary Death Benefit

Annual Account Fee:¹	$50

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit charge:²
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	1.25%
Current Annual Charge	0.25%

i4LIFE^® Advantage without a Guaranteed Income Benefit rider:³
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:⁴
Age at Issue 1 – 80	0.70%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	0.90%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018 and i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit riders:⁵	Single Life	Joint Life
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:⁴
Guaranteed Maximum Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	2.95%	3.15%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	3.15%	3.35%
Current Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	1.65%	1.85%

Table of Contents

Age at Issue 81 – 85	1.85%	2.05%
Account Value Death Benefit:
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.85%	3.05%
Current Charge	1.55%	1.75%
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018:⁵
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:⁴
Guaranteed Maximum Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	2.70%	2.70%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	2.90%	2.90%
Current Charge:
Age at Issue 1 – 80	1.35%	1.55%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	1.55%	1.75%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon the surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $50,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or day of surrender).
²	We will deduct this charge from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider effective date. See the Charges and Other Deductions section for a discussion of how the charge is calculated.
³	As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Charge for more information. These charges continue during the Access Period. The i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate is reduced to 0.60% during the Lifetime Income Period. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit product charge also applies if the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is in effect.
⁴	The product charge is based on the oldest Contractowner's or Annuitant's age at the time the contract is issued.
₅	The current annual charge rate for the Select Guaranteed Income Benefit is 0.95% of Account Value for the single life option with a guaranteed maximum annual charge of 2.25%, and 1.15% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 2.45%. The current annual charge rate for the Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) is XX% of Account Value for the single life option and XX% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of XX%. The charge rate for Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018, is 0.65% of Account Value for the single life option and 0.85% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of 2.00%. These charges and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit charges comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate of 0.60%. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for more information.

TABLE D

Expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who Transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

Annual Account Fee:¹	$50

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk):	Single/Joint Life

Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts):
Product Charge²
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:³
Age at Issue 1 – 80	0.30%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	0.50%
Account Value Death Benefit	0.20%

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	1.25%
Current Annual Charge	0.25%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018:⁴	Single Life	Joint Life
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%

Table of Contents

Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018:⁴
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.05%	1.25%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon the surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $50,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or day of surrender).

²	The product charge is comprised of a mortality and expense risk charge of 0.10% and an administrative charge of 0.10% on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit product charge also applies if the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is in effect.

The product charge is based on the oldest Contractowner's or Annuitant's age at the time the contract is issued.

⁴

As an annualized percentage of the greater of the Income Base (associated with your Living Benefit Rider) or Account Value. This charge is deducted from Account Value on a quarterly basis and only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. In the event of an automatic step-up in the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increases and 2) the dollar amount of the charge will also increase by the percentage increase, if any, to the current charge rate of your Living Benefit Rider. (The charge for your Living Benefit Rider continues to be a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider for more information.

TABLE E

Expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who Transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage

Annual Account Fee:¹	$50

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage:	Single/Joint Life

Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts):
Product Charge²
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit:³
Age at Issue 1 – 80	0.30%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	0.50%
Account Value Death Benefit	0.20%

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	1.25%
Current Annual Charge	0.25%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit:⁴	Single Life	Joint Life
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon the surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $50,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or day of surrender).

²	The product charge is comprised of a mortality and expense risk charge of 0.10% and an administrative charge of 0.10% on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit product charge also applies if the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is in effect.

³	The product charge is based on the oldest Contractowner's or Annuitant's age at the time the contract is issued.
⁴	As an annualized percentage of the greater of the Income Base (associated with your Living Benefit Rider) or Account Value. This charge is deducted from Account Value on a quarterly basis and only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. In the event of an automatic step-up in the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increases and 2) the dollar amount of the charge will also increase by the percentage increase, if any, to the current charge rate of your Living Benefit Rider. (The charge for your Living Benefit Rider continues to be a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider for more information.

Table of Contents

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses charged by the funds that you may pay
periodically during the time that you own the contract. The expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2017, adjusted to reflect anticipated changes in fees and expenses, or, for new portfolios, are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. More detail concerning each fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each fund.

	Minimum	Maximum
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)	0.53%	1.26%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after contractual waivers/reimbursements*)	0.53%	1.26%

*Some of the funds have entered into contractual waiver or reimbursement arrangements that may reduce fund management and other fees and/or expenses during the period of the arrangement. These arrangements vary in length, but no arrangement will terminate before April 30, 2019. There can be no assurance that fund expense waivers or reimbursements will be extended beyond their current terms as outlined in each fund prospectus, and they may not cover certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses. Certain of these arrangements may provide that amounts previously waived or reimbursed may be recovered in future years. See each fund prospectus for complete information regarding annual operating expenses and any waivers or reimbursements in effect for a particular fund.

The following table shows the expenses charged by each fund for the year ended December 31, 2017:
(as a percentage of each fund’s average net assets):

	Management Fees (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	+	12b-1 Fees (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	+	Other Expenses (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	+	Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses	=	Total Expenses (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	Total Contractual waivers/ reimburse- ments (if any)	Total Expenses (after Contractual waivers/ reimburse- ments)
American Funds Asset Allocation Fund - Class 4	0.27%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.79%	0.00%	0.79%
American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund - Class 2	0.39%		0.25%		0.02%		0.00%		0.66%	0.00%	0.66%
American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund - Class 4	0.39%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.91%	0.00%	0.91%
American Funds Bond Fund - Class 2	0.36%		0.25%		0.02%		0.00%		0.63%	0.00%	0.63%
American Funds Bond Fund - Class 4	0.36%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.88%	0.00%	0.88%
American Funds Capital Income Builder^® - Class 4	0.50%		0.25%		0.29%		0.00%		1.04%	0.00%	1.04%
American Funds Global Balanced Fund^SM - Class 4	0.66%		0.25%		0.30%		0.00%		1.21%	0.00%	1.21%
American Funds Global Bond Fund - Class 2	0.53%		0.25%		0.03%		0.00%		0.81%	0.00%	0.81%
American Funds Global Bond Fund - Class 4	0.53%		0.25%		0.28%		0.00%		1.06%	0.00%	1.06%
American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund - Class 2	0.59%		0.25%		0.04%		0.00%		0.88%	0.00%	0.88%
American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund - Class 4	0.59%		0.25%		0.29%		0.00%		1.13%	0.00%	1.13%
American Funds Global Growth Fund - Class 2	0.52%		0.25%		0.03%		0.00%		0.80%	0.00%	0.80%
American Funds Global Growth Fund - Class 4	0.52%		0.25%		0.28%		0.00%		1.05%	0.00%	1.05%
American Funds Global Growth Portfolio^SM - Class 4	0.00%		0.25%		0.37%		0.62%		1.24%	-0.06%	1.18%
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund - Class 2	0.70%		0.25%		0.04%		0.00%		0.99%	0.00%	0.99%
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund - Class 4	0.70%		0.25%		0.29%		0.00%		1.24%	0.00%	1.24%
American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio^SM - Class 4	0.00%		0.25%		0.28%		0.44%		0.97%	0.00%	0.97%
American Funds Growth Fund - Class 2	0.33%		0.25%		0.02%		0.00%		0.60%	0.00%	0.60%
American Funds Growth Fund - Class 4	0.33%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.85%	0.00%	0.85%
American Funds Growth-Income Fund - Class 2	0.26%		0.25%		0.02%		0.00%		0.53%	0.00%	0.53%
American Funds Growth-Income Fund - Class 4	0.26%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.78%	0.00%	0.78%
American Funds High-Income Bond Fund - Class 2	0.47%		0.25%		0.02%		0.00%		0.74%	0.00%	0.74%
American Funds High-Income Bond Fund - Class 4	0.47%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.99%	0.00%	0.99%
American Funds International Fund - Class 2	0.50%		0.25%		0.04%		0.00%		0.79%	0.00%	0.79%
American Funds International Fund - Class 4	0.50%		0.25%		0.29%		0.00%		1.04%	0.00%	1.04%
American Funds International Growth and Income Fund^SM - Class 2	0.61%		0.25%		0.04%		0.00%		0.90%	0.00%	0.90%

Table of Contents

	Management Fees (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	+	12b-1 Fees (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	+	Other Expenses (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	+	Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses	=	Total Expenses (before any waivers/ reimburse- ments)	Total Contractual waivers/ reimburse- ments (if any)	Total Expenses (after Contractual waivers/ reimburse- ments)
American Funds International Growth and Income Fund^SM - Class 4	0.61%		0.25%		0.29%		0.00%		1.15%	0.00%	1.15%
American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.28%		0.28%		0.96%	-0.05%	0.91%
American Funds Managed Risk Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.28%		0.39%		1.07%	-0.05%	1.02%
American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.30%		0.56%		1.26%	-0.07%	1.19%
American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.27%		0.45%		1.12%	-0.05%	1.07%
American Funds Managed Risk Growth Fund^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.29%		0.39%		1.08%	-0.06%	1.02%
American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.27%		0.40%		1.07%	-0.05%	1.05%
American Funds Managed Risk Growth-Income Fund^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.30%		0.29%		0.99%	-0.07%	0.92%
American Funds Managed Risk International Fund^SM - Class P2	0.15%		0.25%		0.31%		0.49%		1.20%	-0.08%	1.12%
American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM - Class 2	0.42%		0.25%		0.05%		0.00%		0.72%	0.00%	0.72%
American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM - Class 4	0.42%		0.25%		0.30%		0.00%		0.97%	0.00%	0.97%
American Funds New World Fund^® - Class 2	0.70%		0.25%		0.06%		0.00%		1.01%	0.00%	1.01%
American Funds New World Fund^® - Class 4	0.70%		0.25%		0.31%		0.00%		1.26%	0.00%	1.26%
American Funds U. S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund - Class 4	0.34%		0.25%		0.27%		0.00%		0.86%	0.00%	0.86%
American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund - Class 2	0.32%		0.25%		0.03%		0.00%		0.60%	0.00%	0.60%
American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund - Class 4	0.32%		0.25%		0.28%		0.00%		0.85%	0.00%	0.85%
LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.25%		0.35%		0.05%		0.41%		1.06%	-0.05%	1.01%
LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	0.25%		0.35%		0.05%		0.38%		1.03%	0.00%	1.03%
LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	0.25%		0.35%		0.05%		0.40%		1.05%	0.00%	1.05%
LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.25%		0.35%		0.05%		0.42%		1.07%	-0.05%	1.02%
LVIP American Income Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.25%		0.35%		0.08%		0.38%		1.06%	-0.05%	1.01%
LVIP American Preservation Fund - Service Class	0.25%		0.35%		0.06%		0.35%		1.01%	-0.10%	0.91%

Certain underlying funds have reserved the right to impose fees when fund shares are redeemed within a specified period of time of purchase (“redemption fees”) which are not reflected in the table above. As of the date of this prospectus, none have done so. See The Contracts - Market Timing for a discussion of redemption fees.

For information concerning compensation paid for the sale of the contracts, see Distribution of the Contracts.

EXAMPLES

The following Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include Contractowner transaction expenses, separate account annual expenses, and fund fees and expenses. The Examples have been calculated using the fees and expenses of the funds prior to the application of any contractual waivers and/or reimbursements.

The first Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit and Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$536		$1,651		$2,819		$5,956

2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

Table of Contents

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$536		$1,651		$2,819		$5,956

The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the i4LIFE^® Advantage with the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit and i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$575		$1,715		$2,840		$5,593

2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$575		$1,715		$2,840		$5,593

For more information, see Charges and Other Deductions in this prospectus, and the prospectuses for the funds. Premium taxes may also apply, although they do not appear in the examples. Different fees and expenses not reflected in the examples may be imposed during a period in which Annuity Payouts are made. See Annuity Payouts. These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

Summary of Common Questions

What kind of contract am I buying? This contract is an individual deferred flexible premium variable annuity contract between you and Lincoln Life. This prospectus primarily describes the variable side of the contract. This contract and certain riders, benefits, service features and enhancements may not be available in all states, and the charges may vary in certain states. All material state variations are discussed in this prospectus, however, non-material variations may not be discussed. You should refer to your contract regarding state-specific features. Please contact the Home Office or your financial professional regarding availability.

Who can purchase this contract? This contract is issued as part of a Fee-Based Financial Plan. A Fee-Based Financial Plan generally refers to a wrap account, managed account or other investment program whereby an investment firm/professional offers asset allocation and/or investment advice for a fee. Such programs can be offered by broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisors, trust companies and other firms. Under this arrangement, the Contractowner pays the investment firm/professional directly for services. You may be able to pay this fee by taking partial withdrawals from your Contract Value. See Additional Services for more information.

What is the Variable Annuity Account (VAA)? It is a separate account we established under Indiana insurance law, and registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust. VAA assets are allocated to one or more Subaccounts, according to your investment choices. VAA assets are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business which we may conduct. See Variable Annuity Account.

What are Asset Allocation Models? Asset allocation models are designed to assist you and your financial professional in deciding how to allocate your Purchase Payments among the various Subaccounts. Each model provides a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help it reach its stated investment goal. See The Contracts – Asset Allocation Models.

What are Investment Requirements? If you elect a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to certain requirements for your Subaccount investments, which means you may be limited in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. Different Investment Requirements apply to different riders.

What are my investment choices? You may allocate your Purchase Payments to the VAA or to the fixed account, if available. Based upon your instruction for Purchase Payments, the VAA applies your Purchase Payments to one or more of the Subaccounts, which, in turn, invest in a corresponding underlying fund. Each fund holds a portfolio of securities consistent with its investment policy. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account – Description of the Funds.

Who invests my money? The investment adviser for the funds offered under the American Funds Insurance Series is Capital Research and Management Company (CRMC), 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071. The investment adviser for the funds offered under the Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust is Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIAC), 1300 South Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802. CRMC and LIAC are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account-Investment Adviser.

How does the contract work? If we approve your application, we will send you a contract. When you make Purchase Payments during the accumulation phase, you buy Accumulation Units on the variable side of the contract and accumulate additional Contract Value through any investments in the fixed account, if available. If you decide to receive an Annuity Payout, your Accumulation Units are

Table of Contents

converted to Annuity Units. Your Annuity Payouts will be based on the number of Annuity Units you receive and the value of each Annuity Unit on payout days. See The Contracts.

What charges do I pay under the contract? We apply a product charge to the daily net asset value of the VAA for the Contract Value and Guarantee of Principal Death Benefits. The product charge consists of a mortality and expense risk charge and an administrative charge. The charges for any riders applicable to your contract, including the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit, will also be deducted from your Contract Value (or Account Value if i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected). The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit product charge also applies when you select the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit. See Charges and Other Deductions.

We will deduct any applicable premium tax from Purchase Payments or Contract Value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, at the time the tax is incurred or at another time we choose.

See Expense Tables and Charges and Other Deductions for information regarding additional fees and expenses that may be incurred.

The funds’ investment management fees, expenses and expense limitations, if applicable, are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds.

Charges may also be imposed during the regular income or Annuity Payout period, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, if elected. See The Contracts and Annuity Payouts.

For information about the compensation we pay for sales of contracts, see The Contracts – Distribution of the Contracts.

Am I limited in the amount of Purchase Payments I can make into the contract? Your Purchase Payments are flexible but subject to the following limitations. Purchase Payments totaling $2 million or more are subject to Home Office approval. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase Payments for all variable annuity contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) (excluding Lincoln Investor Advantage^® and Lincoln Level Advantage^SM contracts) for the same Contractowner, joint owner, and/or Annuitant. Upon providing advance written notice, we reserve the right to further limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract.

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider (other than any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit) after the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year. State variations may apply. Please contact the Home Office or your financial professional. If you elect any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, no additional Purchase Payments will be allowed at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit, no additional Purchase Payments will be allowed after the Periodic Income Commencement Date for nonqualified contracts. For more information about these restrictions and limitations, see The Contracts – Purchase Payments.

If you elect the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit, and you have not already exceeded the Purchase Payment limit under your Living Benefit Rider, cumulative additional Purchase Payments after the first rider date anniversary and after the 70^th birthday of the oldest Contractowner or Annuitant may not exceed $100,000 each rider year without Home Office approval.

How will my Annuity Payouts be calculated? If you decide to annuitize, you may select an annuity option and start receiving Annuity Payouts from your contract as a fixed option or variable option or a combination of both. See Annuity Payouts - Annuity Options. Remember that participants in the VAA benefit from any gain, and take a risk of any loss, in the value of the securities in the funds' portfolios, which would decrease the amount applied to any payout option and the related payments.

What happens if I die before I annuitize? The Death Benefit may be paid upon the death of either the Contractowner or the Annuitant. Upon the death of the Contractowner, your Beneficiary will receive Death Benefit proceeds based upon the Death Benefit you select. Your Beneficiary has options as to how the Death Benefit is paid. In the alternative, upon the death of the Annuitant the Contractowner may choose to receive a Death Benefit. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

What are the Death Benefit options available under my Contract? The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is the default Death Benefit available with the base contract. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of your current Contract Value or the sum of all Purchase Payments, as adjusted for withdrawals. You may also elect the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit, for an additional charge, that provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of 1) the current Contract Value, 2) the sum of all Purchase Payments, as adjusted for withdrawals, or 3) the highest Contract Value on any contract anniversary, as adjusted for withdrawals. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit or the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit will automatically terminate and only the Contract Value will be paid upon the death of a Contractowner or Annuitant who was not the original Contractowner or Annuitant (except if the change occurred because of a death of a prior Contractowner or Annuitant). The Contract Value Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the Contract Value on the Valuation Date the death claim is approved by us for payment. It is not available for election at the time your contract is issued. If all the Contractowners and Annuitants under the contract are changed then the product charge and Death Benefit will change to the Contract Value Death Benefit. See The Contracts – Death Benefits for a complete description of these Death Benefit options. Refer to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits for specific Death Benefit features when i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected.

What happens if I die on or after the Annuity Commencement Date? Once you reach the Annuity Commencement Date, any applicable Death Benefit will terminate.

Table of Contents

May I transfer Contract Value between variable options and between the variable and fixed sides of the contract? Yes, subject to certain restrictions. Generally, transfers made before the Annuity Commencement Date are restricted to no more than 12 per Contract Year. The minimum amount that can be transferred to the fixed account is $2,000 (unless the total amount in the Subaccounts is less than $2,000). If transferring funds from the fixed account to a Subaccount, you may only transfer up to 25% of the total value invested in the fixed account in any 12-month period. The minimum amount that may be transferred is $300. If permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. See The Contracts – Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date and Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date. For further information, see also the Fixed Side of the Contract.

What are Living Benefit Riders? Living Benefit Riders are optional riders available to purchase for an additional fee. These riders provide different types of minimum guarantees if you meet certain conditions. These riders offer either a minimum withdrawal benefit (Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage) or a minimum Annuity Payout (4LATER^® Select Advantage and i4LIFE^® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit). If you select a Living Benefit Rider, you will be subject to Investment Requirements (unless you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit). Excess Withdrawals may have adverse effects on the benefit (especially during times of poor investment performance), as they may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either the Home Office or your financial professional prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what, if any, impact the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the Living Benefit Rider. Any guarantees under the contract that exceed your Contract Value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. We reserve the right to discontinue offering any of the Living Benefit Riders at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect these Living Benefit Riders in the future (unless you are guaranteed the right to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage under the terms of your contract or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit under the terms of another Living Benefit Rider). In addition, we may make different versions of the Living Benefit Riders available.

Can I transition from my Living Benefit Rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit? Under the terms of certain Living Benefit Riders you are guaranteed the right to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. Please refer to the section of this prospectus that discusses your Living Benefit Rider for more information on whether you are eligible to transition. You should consider electing i4LIFE^® Advantage when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE^® Advantage payments, whereas with your current Living Benefit Rider, you may defer taking withdrawals until a later date. When deciding whether to make this transition, you should consider that, depending on your age (and the age of your spouse under the joint life option) and selected features of i4LIFE^® Advantage, i4LIFE^® Advantage may provide a higher payout than the payouts from your current Living Benefit Rider. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

May I surrender the contract or make a withdrawal? Yes, subject to contract requirements and to the restrictions of any qualified retirement plan for which the contract was purchased. A portion of surrender or withdrawal proceeds may be taxable. In addition, if you decide to take a distribution before age 59½, a 10% Internal Revenue Service (IRS) additional tax may apply. A surrender or a withdrawal also may be subject to 20% withholding. See The Contracts – Surrenders and Withdrawals, Charges and Other Deductions and Federal Tax Matters.

Can I cancel this contract? Yes. You can cancel the contract within ten days (in some states longer) of the date you first receive the contract. You need to return the contract, postage prepaid, to our Home Office. In most states you assume the risk of any market drop on Purchase Payments you allocate to the variable side of the contract. See Return Privilege.

Condensed Financial Information

Appendix A to this prospectus provides more information about Accumulation Unit values.

Investment Results

At times, the VAA may compare its investment results to various unmanaged indices or other variable annuities in reports to shareholders, sales literature and advertisements. The results will be calculated on a total return basis for various periods. Total returns include the reinvestment of all distributions, which are reflected in changes in unit value.

There can be no assurance that a money market fund will be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. During periods of low interest rates, the yield of a money market fund may become extremely low and possibly negative. In addition, if the yield of a Subaccount investing in a money market fund becomes negative, due in part to Contract fees and expenses, your Contract Value may decline. An investment in a money market fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The sponsor of a money market fund has no legal obligation to provide financial support to the fund, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the fund at any time. If, under SEC rules, a money market fund suspends payments of redemption proceeds, we will delay payment of any transfer, withdrawal, or benefit from a Subaccount

Table of Contents

investing in the money market fund until the fund resumes payment. If, under SEC rules, a money market fund institutes a liquidity fee, we may assess the fee against your Contract Value if a payment is made to you from a Subaccount investing in the money market fund.

The annual performance of the Subaccounts is based on past performance and does not indicate or represent future performance.

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company), organized in 1905, is an Indiana-domiciled insurance company, engaged primarily in the direct issuance of life insurance contracts and annuities. Lincoln Life is wholly owned by Lincoln National Corporation (LNC), a publicly held insurance and financial services holding company incorporated in Indiana. Lincoln Life is obligated to pay all amounts promised to Contractowners under the contracts.

Depending on when you purchased your contract, you may be permitted to make allocations to the fixed account, which is part of our general account. See The Fixed Side of the Contract. In addition, any guarantees under the contract that exceed your Contract Value, such as those associated with Death Benefit options and Living Benefit Riders are paid from our general account (not the VAA). Therefore, any amounts that we may pay under the contract in excess of Contract Value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability and our long-term ability to make such payments.

We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products as well. In addition to any amounts we are obligated to pay in excess of Contract Value under the contracts, we also pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the general account. Moreover, unlike assets held in the VAA, the assets of the general account are subject to the general liabilities of the Company and, therefore, to the Company’s general creditors. In the event of an insolvency or receivership, payments we make from our general account to satisfy claims under the contract would generally receive the same priority as our other Contractowner obligations.

The general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of the insurance company’s creditors. Investors look to the financial strength of the insurance companies for these insurance guarantees. Therefore, guarantees provided by the insurance company as to benefits promised in the prospectus are subject to the claims paying ability of the insurance company and are subject to the risk that the insurance company may not be able to cover or may default on its obligations under those guarantees.

Our Financial Condition. Among the laws and regulations applicable to us as an insurance company are those which regulate the investments we can make with assets held in our general account. In general, those laws and regulations determine the amount and type of investments which we can make with general account assets.

In addition, state insurance regulations require that insurance companies calculate and establish on their financial statements, a specified amount of reserves in order to meet the contractual obligations to pay the claims of our Contractowners. In order to meet our claims-paying obligations, we regularly monitor our reserves to ensure we hold sufficient amounts to cover actual or expected contract and claims payments. However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product.

State insurance regulators also require insurance companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in excess of liabilities, which acts as a cushion in the event that the insurer suffers a financial impairment, based on the inherent risks in the insurer’s operations. These risks include those associated with losses that we may incur as the result of defaults on the payment of interest or principal on assets held in our general account, which include bonds, mortgages, general real estate investments, and stocks, as well as the loss in value of these investments resulting from a loss in their market value.

How to Obtain More Information. We encourage both existing and prospective Contractowners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on both a statutory basis and according to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Our audited GAAP financial statements, as well as the financial statements of the VAA, are located in the SAI. If you would like a free copy of the SAI, please write to us at: PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348, or call 1-800-942-5500. In addition, the SAI is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain our audited statutory financial statements and any unaudited statutory financial statements that may be available by visiting our website at www.LincolnFinancial.com.

You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of an operating insurance company’s financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance and annuity contracts based on its financial strength and/or claims-paying ability. Additional information about rating agencies is included in the SAI.

Lincoln Financial Group is the marketing name for Lincoln National Corporation (NYSE:LNC) and its affiliates. Through its affiliates, Lincoln Financial Group offers annuities, life, group life and disability insurance, 401(k) and 403(b) plans, and comprehensive financial planning and advisory services.

Table of Contents

Variable Annuity Account (VAA)

On February 7, 1989, the VAA was established as an insurance company separate account under Indiana law. It is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act). The VAA is a segregated investment account, meaning that its assets may not be charged with liabilities resulting from any other business that we may conduct. Income, gains and losses, whether realized or not, from assets allocated to the VAA are, in accordance with the applicable annuity contracts, credited to or charged against the VAA. They are credited or charged without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Lincoln Life. We are the issuer of the contracts and the obligations set forth in the contract, other than those of the Contractowner, are ours. The VAA satisfies the definition of a separate account under the federal securities laws. We do not guarantee the investment performance of the VAA. Any investment gain or loss depends on the investment performance of the funds. You assume the full investment risk for all amounts allocated to the VAA.

The VAA is used to support other annuity contracts offered by us in addition to the contracts described in this prospectus. The other annuity contracts supported by the VAA generally invest in the same funds as the contracts described in this prospectus. These other annuity contracts may have different charges that could affect the performance of their Subaccounts, and they offer different benefits.

Financial Statements

The December 31, 2017 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2017 consolidated financial statements of Lincoln Life are located in the SAI. If you would like a free copy of the SAI, complete and mail the request on the last page of this prospectus, or call 1-800-942-5500.

Investments of the Variable Annuity Accounts

You decide the Subaccount(s) to which you allocate Purchase Payments. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of each fund. You may change your allocation without penalty or charges. Shares of the funds will be sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge to the VAA in order to fund the contracts. The funds are required to redeem fund shares at net asset value upon our request.

Investment Adviser

The investment adviser for the American Funds is Capital Research and Management Company (CRMC), 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071. CRMC is one of the nation's largest and oldest investment management organizations. The investment adviser for the funds offered under the Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust is Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIAC), 1300 South Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802. As compensation for its services to the funds, each investment adviser receives a fee from the funds which is accrued daily and paid monthly. This fee is based on the net assets of each fund, as defined in the prospectuses for the funds.

Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds

We (and/or our affiliates) incur expenses in promoting, marketing, and administering the contracts and the underlying funds. With respect to a fund, including affiliated funds, the adviser and/or distributor, or an affiliate thereof, may make payments to us (or an affiliate) for certain services we provide on behalf of the funds. Such services include, but are not limited to, recordkeeping; aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders; providing Contractowners with statements showing their positions within the funds; processing dividend payments; providing subaccounting services for shares held by Contractowners; and forwarding shareholder communications, such as proxies, shareholder reports, dividend and tax notices, and printing and delivering prospectuses and updates to Contractowners. It is anticipated that such payments will be based on a percentage of assets of the particular fund attributable to the contracts along with certain other variable contracts issued or administered by us (or an affiliate). These percentages are negotiated and vary with each fund. Some advisers and/or distributors may pay us significantly more than other advisers and/or distributors and the amount we receive may be substantial. These percentages currently range up to 0.25%. We (or our affiliates) may profit from these payments. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from fund assets. Contractowners, through their indirect investment in the funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the funds' prospectuses for more information). Additionally, a fund's adviser and/or distributor or its affiliates may provide us with certain services that assist us in the distribution of the contracts and may pay us and/or certain affiliates amounts for marketing programs and sales support, as well as amounts to participate in training and sales meetings.

In addition to the payments described above, most of the funds offered as part of this contract make payments to us under their distribution plans (12b-1 plans) for the marketing and distribution of fund shares. The payment rates range up to 0.35% based on the amount of assets invested in those funds. Payments made out of the assets of the fund will reduce the amount of assets that otherwise would be available for investment, and will reduce the fund's investment return. The dollar amount of future asset-based fees is not predictable because these fees are a percentage of the fund's average net assets, which can fluctuate over time. If, however, the

Table of Contents

value of the fund goes up, then so would the payment to us (or our affiliates). Conversely, if the value of the funds goes down, payments to us or our affiliates would decrease.

Description of the Funds

Each of the Subaccounts of the VAA is invested solely in shares of one of the funds available under the contract. Each fund may be subject to certain investment policies and restrictions which may not be changed without a majority vote of shareholders of that fund.

We select the funds offered through the contract based on several factors, including, without limitation, asset class coverage, the strength of the manager's reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, the capability and qualification of each sponsoring investment firm, and whether the fund is affiliated with us. Another factor we consider during the initial selection process is whether the fund or an affiliate of the fund will make payments to us or our affiliates. We may also consider the ability of the fund to help manage volatility and our risks associated with the guarantees we provide under the contract and under optional riders, especially the Living Benefit Riders. We review each fund periodically after it is selected. We reserve the right to remove a fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments to a fund if we determine the fund no longer meets one or more of the factors and/or if the fund has not attracted significant Contractowner assets. Finally, when we develop a variable annuity product in cooperation with a fund family or distributor (e.g., a “private label” product), we generally will include funds based on recommendations made by the fund family or distributor, whose selection criteria may differ from our selection criteria.

Certain funds offered as part of this contract have similar investment objectives and policies to other portfolios managed by the adviser. The investment results of the funds, however, may be higher or lower than the other portfolios that are managed by the adviser or sub-adviser. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio managed by the adviser or sub-adviser, if applicable.

Certain funds invest their assets in other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both fund levels. This will reduce your investment return. These arrangements are referred to as funds of funds or master-feeder funds, which may have higher expenses than funds that invest directly in debt or equity securities. An advisor affiliated with us manages some of the available funds of funds. Our affiliates may promote the benefits of such funds to Contractowners and/or suggest that Contractowners consider whether allocating some or all of their Contract Value to such portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, we may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as we may derive greater revenues from the affiliated fund of funds than certain other funds available to you under your contract.

Certain funds may employ risk management strategies to provide for downside protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. These strategies could limit the upside participation of the fund in rising equity markets relative to other funds. The Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders offered under the contract also provide protection in the event of a market downturn. Likewise, there are additional costs associated with the Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders, which can limit the contract’s upside participation in the markets. Many of these funds are included in the Investment Requirements associated with the Living Benefit Riders. Risk management strategies, in periods of high market volatility, could limit your participation in market gains; this may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and, in turn, the value of any guaranteed benefit that is tied to investment performance. For more information on these funds and their risk management strategies, please see the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus. You should consult with your financial professional to determine which combination of investment choices and Death Benefit and/or Living Benefit Rider purchases (if any) are appropriate for you.

Following are brief summaries of the fund descriptions. More detailed information may be obtained from the current prospectus for each fund. You should read each fund prospectus carefully before investing. Prospectuses for each fund are available by contacting us. In addition, if you receive a summary prospectus for a fund, you may obtain a full statutory prospectus by referring to the contact information for the fund company on the cover page of the summary prospectus. Please be advised that there is no assurance that any of the funds will achieve their stated objectives.

American Funds Insurance Series^®, advised by Capital Research and Management Company

•	American Funds Asset Allocation Fund (Class 4): High total return (including income and capital gains) consistent with preservation of capital over the long term.
•	American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund (Class 2): To produce income exceeding the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and to provide an opportunity for growth of principal consistent with sound common stock investing. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund (Class 4): To produce income exceeding the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and to provide an opportunity for growth of principal consistent with sound common stock investing. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Bond Fund (Class 2): To provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.

Table of Contents

•	American Funds Bond Fund (Class 4): To provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Capital Income Builder^® (Class 4): Seeks to provide a level of current income that exceeds the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and to provide a growing stream of income over the years.
•	American Funds Global Balanced Fund^SM (Class 4): The balanced accomplishment of three objectives: long-term growth of capital, conservation of principal and current income.
•	American Funds Global Bond Fund (Class 2): To provide, over the long term, with a high level of total return consistent with prudent investment management. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Bond Fund (Class 4): To provide, over the long term, with a high level of total return consistent with prudent investment management. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital while providing current income. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital while providing current income. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Growth Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Growth Fund (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund (Class 2): Long-term capital growth. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund (Class 4): Long-term capital growth. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Growth Fund (Class 2): Growth of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Growth Fund (Class 4): Growth of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Growth-Income Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital and income. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Growth-Income Fund (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital and income. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds High-Income Bond Fund (Class 2): To provide investors with a high level of current income; capital appreciation is the secondary objective. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds High-Income Bond Fund (Class 4): To provide investors with a high level of current income; capital appreciation is the secondary objective. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds International Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds International Fund (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds International Growth and Income Fund^SM (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital while providing current income. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds International Growth and Income Fund^SM (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital while providing current income. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund^SM (Class P2): To provide high total return (including income and capital gains) consistent with preservation of capital over the long term while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund^SM (Class P2): To produce income exceeding the average

Table of Contents

	yield on U.S. stocks generally and to provide an opportunity for growth of principal consistent with sound common stock investing, in each case while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth Fund^SM (Class P2): To provide growth of capital while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth-Income Fund^SM (Class P2): To achieve long-term growth of capital and income while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk International Fund^SM (Class P2): To provide long-term growth of capital while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM (Class 2): To provide current income and preservation of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM (Class 4): To provide current income and preservation of capital. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds New World Fund^® (Class 2): Long-term capital appreciation. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds New World Fund^® (Class 4): Long-term capital appreciation. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund (Class 4): To provide a high level of current income consistent with preservation of capital.
•	American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund (Class 2): To provide the investors with a way to earn income on cash reserves while preserving capital and maintaining liquidity. This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.
•	American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund (Class 4): To provide the investors with a way to earn income on cash reserves while preserving capital and maintaining liquidity. This fund is not available in contracts issued before May 22, 2017.

American Funds Insurance Series^®- Portfolio Series^SM, advised by Capital Research and Management Company

•	American Funds Global Growth Portfolio^SM (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio^SM (Class 4): Long-term growth of capital while providing current income; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM (Class P2): High total return (including income and capital gains) consistent with preservation of capital over the long term while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM (Class P2): Long-term growth of capital and current income while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; a fund of funds.
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM (Class P2): Long-term growth of capital while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection; fund of funds.

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust, advised by Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation.

•	LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP American Income Allocation Fund (Service Class): A high level of current income with some consideration given to growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP American Preservation Fund (Service Class): Current income, consistent with the preservation of capital; a fund of funds.

Table of Contents

Fund Shares

We will purchase shares of the funds at net asset value and direct them to the appropriate Subaccounts of the VAA. We will redeem sufficient shares of the appropriate funds to pay Annuity Payouts, Death Benefits, surrender/withdrawal proceeds or for other purposes described in the contract. If you want to transfer all or part of your investment from one Subaccount to another, we may redeem shares held in the first Subaccount and purchase shares of the other. Redeemed shares are retired, but they may be reissued later.

Shares of the funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold to us, and may be sold to other insurance companies, for investment of the assets of the Subaccounts established by those insurance companies to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

When a fund sells any of its shares both to variable annuity and to variable life insurance separate accounts, it is said to engage in mixed funding. When a fund sells any of its shares to separate accounts of unaffiliated life insurance companies, it is said to engage in shared funding.

The funds currently engage in mixed and shared funding. Therefore, due to differences in redemption rates or tax treatment, or other considerations, the interest of various Contractowners participating in a fund could conflict. Each of the fund’s Board of Directors will monitor for the existence of any material conflicts, and determine what action, if any, should be taken. The funds do not foresee any disadvantage to Contractowners arising out of mixed or shared funding. If such a conflict were to occur, one of the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a fund. This might force a fund to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices. See the prospectuses for the funds.

Reinvestment of Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions

All dividends and capital gain distributions of the funds are automatically reinvested in shares of the distributing funds at their net asset value on the date of distribution. Dividends are not paid out to Contractowners as additional units, but are reflected as changes in unit values.

Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments

We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the VAA at our discretion and without your consent. We may add, delete, or substitute funds for all Contractowners or only for certain classes of Contractowners. New or substitute funds may have different fees and expenses, and may only be offered to certain classes of Contractowners.

Substitutions may be made with respect to existing investments or the investment of future Purchase Payments, or both. We may close Subaccounts to allocations of Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or both, at any time in our sole discretion. The funds, which sell their shares to the Subaccounts pursuant to participation agreements, also may terminate these agreements and discontinue offering their shares to the Subaccounts.

We may also:

•	remove, combine, or add Subaccounts and make the new Subaccounts available to you at our discretion;
•	transfer assets supporting the contracts from one Subaccount to another or from the VAA to another separate account;
•	combine the VAA with other separate accounts and/or create new separate accounts;
•	deregister the VAA under the 1940 Act; and
•	operate the VAA as a management investment company under the 1940 Act or as any other form permitted by law.

We may modify the provisions of the contracts to reflect changes to the Subaccounts and the VAA and to comply with applicable law. We will not make any changes without any necessary approval by the SEC. We will also provide you written notice.

Charges and Other Deductions

We will deduct the charges described below to cover our costs and expenses, services provided and risks assumed under the contracts. We incur certain costs and expenses for the distribution and administration of the contracts and for providing the benefits payable thereunder.

Our administrative services include:

•	processing applications for and issuing the contracts;
•	processing purchases and redemptions of fund shares as required (including dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing, and automatic withdrawal services – See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs);
•	maintaining records;
•	administering Annuity Payouts;
•	furnishing accounting and valuation services (including the calculation and monitoring of daily Subaccount values);

Table of Contents

•	reconciling and depositing cash receipts;
•	providing contract confirmations;
•	providing toll-free inquiry services; and
•	furnishing telephone and other electronic surrenders, withdrawals and fund transfer services.

The risks we assume include:

•	the risk that lifetime payments to individuals from Living Benefit Riders will exceed the Contract Value;
•	the risk that Death Benefits paid will exceed the actual Contract Value;
•	the risk that, if a Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is in effect, the required Regular Income Payments will exceed the Account Value;
•	the risk that Annuitants upon which Annuity Payouts are based live longer than we assumed when we calculated our guaranteed rates (these rates are incorporated in the contract and cannot be changed); and
•	the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges (which we cannot change).

The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the description of the charge. Any remaining expenses will be paid from our general account which may consist, among other things, of proceeds derived from product charges deducted from the account. We may profit from one or more of the fees and charges deducted under the contract. We may use these profits for any corporate purpose, including financing the distribution of the contracts.

Deductions from the VAA

Contract Value Death Benefit. For the base contract, we apply to the average daily net asset value of the Subaccounts a product charge which is equal to an annual rate of 0.20%*.

Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. For the base contract, we apply to the daily asset value of the Subaccounts a product charge based on the oldest Contractowner’s or Annuitant’s age at the time the contract is issued, according to the following table:

Age at Issue 1 – 80	0.30%*
Age at Issue 81 – 85	0.50%*

*0.10% of the product charge is attributable to an administrative charge and the balance is for the mortality and expense risk charge.

The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is the default Death Benefit under this contract. The only time the charge will change to the Contract Value Death Benefit charge is if all Contractowners and Annuitants are changed. Once you have the Contract Value Death Benefit, it cannot be changed.

Account Fee

During the accumulation period, we will deduct an account fee of $50 from the Contract Value on each contract anniversary to compensate us for the administrative services provided to you; this account fee will also be deducted from the Contract Value upon surrender. This fee may be lower in certain states, if required. The account fee will be waived for any contract with a Contract Value that is equal to or greater than $50,000 on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). There is no account fee on contracts issued to Selling Group Individuals.

Rider Charges

A fee or expense may also be deducted in connection with any benefits added to the contract by rider or endorsement. The deduction of a rider charge will be noted on your quarterly statement.

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit. The current annual rider charge rate is 0.25% (0.0625% quarterly).

We will deduct this charge from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider effective date. The quarterly charge equals the quarterly charge rate multiplied by the highest anniversary value at the time of the charge. The deduction of the charge will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount and any fixed account of the contract on the Valuation Date the charge is assessed. The product charge for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will also apply.

The charge rate may not change prior to the 20^th rider date anniversary; thereafter, the charge rate may change every year. Any increase or decrease will be effective on the rider anniversary date, but the rate will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 1.25%. We will notify you in writing of such an increase or decrease. A portion of the charge, based on the number of days the death benefit was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon surrender of the contract or the election of any Annuity Payout option (except i4LIFE^® Advantage). The charge will not be deducted upon death.

Table of Contents

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, and 4LATER^® Select Advantage Charges. The following discussion applies to Contractowners who have elected any of the following riders:

•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

•	Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage;
•	Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage; or
•	4LATER^® Select Advantage

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, there is a charge associated with that rider for as long as the rider is in effect. The charge rates for the riders listed above are:

	Current Initial Annual Charge Rate		Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge Rate
	Single Life	Joint Life	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on and after May 21, 2018	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)	1.50% (0.375% quarterly)	2.25%	2.45%
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018	1.05% (0.265% quarterly)	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)	2.00%	2.00%
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage 4LATER^® Select Advantage	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)	1.50% (0.3750% quarterly)	2.25%	2.45%

The charge rate:

•	is based on the Income Base (initial Purchase Payment) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, Enhancements, and as decreased for Excess Withdrawals. (The Income Base is decreased by all withdrawals under 4LATER^® Select Advantage.); and
•	may increase every Benefit Year.

The charge will be deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The first deduction of the charge will occur on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider’s effective date. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount and any fixed account of the contract on the Valuation Date the rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Income Base increases or decreases, because the charge rate is based on the Income Base. Refer to Living Benefit Riders for a discussion and example of the impact of the changes to the Income Base.

The charge rate can change each time there is an Automatic Annual Step-up. Since the Automatic Annual Step-up could increase your Income Base every Benefit Year (if all conditions are met), the charge rate could also increase every Benefit Year, but the rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual charge rate. If your charge rate is increased, you may opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your rate to change. If you opt out of the step-up, the charge rate and the Income Base will return to the value they were immediately prior to the step-up, adjusted for additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals. This opt-out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the charge rate increases if you want to opt out of subsequent Automatic Annual Step-ups.

The annual rider charge rate will increase to the then current rider charge rate not to exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate, if after the first Benefit Year anniversary cumulative Purchase Payments added to the contract equal or exceed $100,000. You may not opt out of this rider charge rate increase. See Living Benefit Riders.

The following paragraph applies only to Contractowners who have elected the following:

•	all elections of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk);
•	all elections of Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage;
•	elections of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage on and after February 20, 2018; and

Table of Contents

•	elections of 4LATER^® Select Advantage on and after May 21, 2018.

An Enhancement to the Income Base (less Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year) occurs if a 10-year Enhancement Period is in effect (as described further in the Living Benefit Rider section). During the first ten Benefit Years, an increase in the Income Base as a result of the Enhancement will not cause an increase in the annual rider charge rate but will increase the dollar amount of the charge. After the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, if the Enhancement Period has renewed (if applicable under your rider), the annual rider charge rate may increase each time the Income Base increases as a result of the Enhancement, but the charge rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual charge rate. If your charge rate is increased, you may opt out of the Enhancement by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your charge rate to change. If you opt out of the Enhancement, the charge rate and the Income Base will return to the value they were immediately prior to the Enhancement, adjusted for additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals, if any. This opt-out will only apply for this particular Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an enhancement would cause your charge rate to increase) if you do not want the Enhancement.

The charge will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. However, a portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death) or surrender of the contract, or the election of an Annuity Payout option, including i4LIFE^® Advantage. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero, no further rider charge will be deducted.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a daily charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage that is based on your Account Value. The initial Account Value is your Contract Value on the Valuation Date i4LIFE^® Advantage becomes effective (or your initial Purchase Payment if i4LIFE^® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, your Account Value on a Valuation Date equals your Contract Value, reduced by Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments and withdrawals.

The annual i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate during the Access Period is:

Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
Age at Issue 1 – 80	0.70%
Age at Issue 81 – 85	0.90%
Account Value Death Benefit	0.60%

During the Lifetime Income Period, the rate for all Death Benefit options is 0.60%. This rate consists of a mortality and expense risk charge and an administrative charge (charges for the Guaranteed Income Benefit are not included and are listed below). These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract. If i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected at the issue of the contract i4LIFE^® Advantage and the charge will begin on the contract's effective date. Otherwise, i4LIFE^® Advantage and the charge will begin on the Periodic Income Commencement Date which is the Valuation Date on which the Regular Income Payment is determined and the beginning of the Access Period. Refer to the i4LIFE^® Advantage section for explanations of the Account Value, the Access Period, the Lifetime Income Period, and the Periodic Income Commencement Date. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage pay different charges for i4LIFE^® Advantage. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider.

For purchasers of the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit who have elected i4LIFE^® Advantage, the charge for the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit will be in addition to the charge for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge. Select Guaranteed Income Benefit is subject to a current annual charge rate of 0.95% (1.15% for joint life option) of the Account Value, which is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows:

	Single Life	Joint Life
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (Issue Age 1 – 80)	1.65%	1.85%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (Issue Age 81 – 85)	1.85%	2.05%
Account Value Death Benefit	1.55%	1.75%

These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased on and after May 21, 2018 are subject to a current annual charge rate of [XX]% ([XX]% for joint life option) of the Account Value, which is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows:

Table of Contents

	Single Life	Joint Life
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (Issue Age 1 – 80)	[XX]%	[XX]%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (Issue Age 81 – 85)	[XX]%	[XX]%
Account Value Death Benefit	[XX]%	[XX]%

These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018, are subject to a current annual charge rate of 0.65% (0.85% for joint life option) of the Account Value, which is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows:

	Single Life	Joint Life
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (Issue Age 1 – 80)	1.35%	1.55%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (Issue Age 81 – 85)	1.55%	1.75%
Account Value Death Benefit	1.25%	1.45%

These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract.

For all of the above options, the charge for the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit, if elected, will be in addition to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit.

The applicable Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge rates will not change unless there is an automatic step up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit during which the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped-up to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment (described later in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus). At the time of the step-up, the annual charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed) up to the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 2.25% of the Account Value (2.45% joint life option) for Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, [XX]% of the Account Value for Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased on and after May 21, 2018 or 2.00% of the Account Value for Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk).) riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018. If we automatically administer the step-up for you and your charge rate is increased, you may ask us to reverse the step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive notice of your request to reverse the step-up, on a going forward basis, we will decrease the charge rate to the charge rate in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. Future step-ups will continue even after you decline a current step-up. We will provide you with written notice when a step-up will result in an increase to the current charge rate so that you may give us timely notice if you wish to reverse a step-up.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, the Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge will also terminate but the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will continue.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider. If you have elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage (“Prior Rider”), you may carry over certain features of that rider to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. If you make this transition, your current charge rate of the Prior Rider will be the initial charge rate for your i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit rider.

This section applies to all of the transitions listed in the following chart. The charges and calculations described earlier in i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will not apply.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to...	and the current initial charge rate for your Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is…
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) elected on and after May 21, 2018	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	[XX%] ([XX%] quarterly) single life option [XX%] ([XX%] quarterly) joint life option

Table of Contents

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to...	and the current initial charge rate for your Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is…
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) elected prior to May 21, 2018	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) single life option 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) joint life option
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage; or 4LATER^® Select Advantage	i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) single life option 1.50% (0.3750% quarterly) joint life option

The initial charge rate is a percentage of the greater of the Income Base or the Account Value. The charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted quarterly, starting with the first three-month anniversary of the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage and every three months thereafter. The total Separate Account Annual Expense charges for the Death Benefit you have elected on your base contract also apply: 0.30% for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (issue age 1 - 80); 0.50% for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (issue age 81 - 85) and 0.20% for the Account Value Death Benefit (if applicable). The Highest Anniversary Death Benefit charge also applies, if elected, in addition to the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit product charge. Contractowners are guaranteed that in the future the guaranteed maximum charge rate for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be the guaranteed maximum charge rate that was in effect at the time they purchased the Prior Rider.

The charge will not change unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit (described later in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus). At such time, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increased and 2) the charge will also increase by the percentage of any increase to the current charge rate of the Prior Rider. (The Prior Rider charge rate continues to be used as a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) This means that the charge may change annually. The charge may also be reduced if a withdrawal above the Regular Income Payment is taken. The dollar amount of the rider charge will be reduced in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value. The annual dollar amount is divided by four (4) to determine the quarterly charge.

The following example is intended to show how the initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge for purchasers of a Prior Rider could be calculated for a representative male Contractowner, as well as the impact to the charge due to increases to the Guaranteed Income Benefit and the Prior Rider charge rate. For illustration purposes, we will assume that the example is a nonqualified contract and the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is set at 4% of the Income Base based upon the Contractowner’s age (see Guaranteed Income Benefit for a more detailed description). The example also assumes that the current charge rate for the Prior Rider is 1.25% (single life option). The first example demonstrates how the initial charge may be determined for an existing contract with an Account Value and Income Base. This calculation method applies to the purchase of any Prior Rider, except the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit rates and charges may vary, as set forth in the Guaranteed Income Benefit description later in this prospectus. The charges and rates shown here may be different from those that apply to your contract. The calculation of the charge for your contract will be based on the specific factors applicable to your contract.

1/1/15 Initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value	$100,000
1/1/15 Income Base as of the last Valuation Date under the Prior Rider	$125,000
1/1/15 Initial Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($125,000 x 1.25%). The current charge for the Prior Rider is assessed against the Income Base since it is larger than the Account Value	$1,562.50
1/2/15 Amount of initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment (an example of how the Regular Income Payment is calculated is shown in the SAI)	$5,173
1/2/15 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% x $125,000 Income Base)	$5,000

The next example shows how the charge will increase if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped up to 75% of the Regular Income Payment.

Table of Contents

1/2/16 Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to market gain in Account Value)	$6,900
1/2/16 New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% x $6,900 Regular Income Payment)	$5,175
1/2/16 Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,562.50 x ($5,175/$5,000)) Prior charge x [ratio of increased Guaranteed Income Benefit to prior Guaranteed Income Benefit]	$1,617.19

Continuing the above example:

1/2/16 Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit	$1,617.19
1/2/17 Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to Account Value increase)	$7,400
1/2/17 New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% x $7,400 Regular Income Payment)	$5,550
Assume the Prior Rider charge rate increases from 1.25% to 1.35%.
1/2/17 Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,617.19 x ($5,550/$5,175) x (1.35%/1.25%))	$1,873.13

The new annual charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is $1,873.13, which is equal to the current annual charge of $1,617.19 multiplied by the percentage increase of the Guaranteed Income Benefit ($5,550/$5,175) and then multiplied by the percentage increase to the Prior Rider current charge rate (1.35%/1.25%).

If the charge rate of your Prior Rider is increased, we will notify you in writing. You may contact us in writing or at the telephone number listed on the first page of this prospectus to reverse the step-up within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive this notice, we will decrease the charge rate, on a going forward basis, to the charge rate in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit increased due to the step-up we would decrease the Guaranteed Income Benefit to the Guaranteed Income Benefit in effect before the step-up occurred, reduced by any additional withdrawals. Future step-ups as described in the rider would continue.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, i4LIFE^® Advantage will also be terminated and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge will cease. A portion of the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider.

Deductions for Premium Taxes

Any premium tax or other tax levied by any governmental entity as a result of the existence of the contracts or the VAA will be deducted from the Contract Value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, when incurred, or at another time of our choosing.

The applicable premium tax rates that states and other governmental entities impose on the purchase of an annuity are subject to change by legislation, by administrative interpretation or by judicial action. These premium tax rates generally depend upon the law of your state of residence. The tax rates range from zero to 5%.

Other Charges and Deductions

We apply an annual product charge rate of 0.20% to the daily asset value of the Subaccounts during the time you receive Annuity Payouts (except for i4LIFE^® Advantage, which has a different charge), including options that may be offered that do not have a life contingency and therefore no mortality risk. This charge covers the expense risk and administrative services listed previously in this prospectus. The expense risk is the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges.

There are additional deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the underlying funds that are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds. Among these deductions and expenses are 12b-1 fees which reimburse us or an affiliate for certain expenses incurred in connection with certain administrative and distribution support services provided to the funds.

Additional Information

The charges described previously may be reduced or eliminated for any particular contract. However, these reductions may be available only to the extent that we anticipate lower distribution and/or administrative expenses, or that we perform fewer sales or administrative services than those originally contemplated in establishing the level of those charges, or when required by law. Lower distribution and administrative expenses may be the result of economies associated with:

•	the use of mass enrollment procedures,
•	the performance of administrative or sales functions by the employer,
•	the use by an employer of automated techniques in submitting deposits or information related to deposits on behalf of its employees,

Table of Contents

•	the issue of a new Lincoln variable annuity contract with the proceeds from the surrender of an existing Lincoln variable annuity contract, if available in your state, or
•	any other circumstances which reduce distribution or administrative expenses.

The exact amount of charges and fees applicable to a particular contract will be stated in that contract.

The Contracts

Purchase of Contracts

If you wish to purchase a contract, you must apply for it through a registered representative authorized by us. The completed application is sent to us and we decide whether to accept or reject it. If the application is accepted, a contract is prepared and executed by our legally authorized officers. The contract is then sent to you either directly or through your financial professional. See Distribution of the Contracts. The purchase of multiple contracts with identical Contractowners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries will be allowed only upon Home Office approval.

When a completed application and all other information necessary for processing a purchase order is received in Good Order at our Home Office, an initial Purchase Payment will be priced no later than two business days after we receive the order. If you submit your application and/or initial Purchase Payment to your agent, we will not begin processing your purchase order until we receive the application and initial Purchase Payment from your agent’s broker-dealer. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold the initial Purchase Payment for no more than five business days unless we receive your consent to our retaining the payment until the application is completed. If the incomplete application cannot be completed within those five days and we have not received your consent, you will be informed of the reasons, and the Purchase Payment will be returned immediately. Once the application is complete, we will allocate your initial Purchase Payment within two business days.

Who Can Invest

To apply for a contract, you must be of legal age in a state where the contracts may be lawfully sold and also be eligible to participate in any of the qualified and nonqualified plans for which the contracts are designed. At the time of issue, the Contractowner, joint owner and Annuitant must be under age 86 or under age 76 if the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is elected. Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account in an effort to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license, photo i.d. or other identifying documents.

In accordance with anti-money laundering laws and federal economic sanction policy, the Company may be required in a given instance to reject a Purchase Payment and/or freeze a Contractowner’s account. This means we could refuse to honor requests for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or Death Benefits. Once frozen, monies would be moved from the VAA to an interest-bearing account maintained solely for the Contractowner, and held in that account until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator.

Do not purchase this contract if you plan to use it, or any of its riders, for speculation, arbitrage, viatical arrangement, or other similar investment scheme. The contract may not be resold, traded on any stock exchange, or sold on any secondary market.

If you are purchasing the contract through a tax-favored arrangement, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, you should consider carefully the costs and benefits of the contract (including annuity income benefits) before purchasing the contract, since the tax-favored arrangement itself provides tax-deferred growth.

Replacement of Existing Insurance

Careful consideration should be given prior to surrendering or withdrawing money from an existing insurance contract to purchase a contract described in this prospectus. Surrender charges may be imposed on your existing contract. This contract may not have the same or as robust benefits as the current contract. It also may have different charges. A representative from the Home Office, your financial professional or tax advisor should be consulted prior to making an exchange. Cash surrenders from an existing contract may be subject to tax and tax penalties.

Purchase Payments

You may make Purchase Payments to the contract at any time, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, subject to certain conditions. You are not required to make any additional Purchase Payments after the initial Purchase Payment. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $10,000. The minimum for Selling Group Individuals is $1,500. The minimum annual amount for additional Purchase Payments is $300. Please contact the Home Office or your financial professional about making additional Purchase Payments since the requirements of your state may vary. The minimum payment to the contract at any one time must be at least $100 ($25 if

Table of Contents

transmitted electronically). If a Purchase Payment is submitted that does not meet the minimum amount, we will contact you to ask whether additional money will be sent, or whether we should return the Purchase Payment to you.

Purchase Payments totaling $2 million or more are subject to Home Office approval. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase Payments for all variable annuity contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) (excluding Lincoln Investor Advantage^® and Lincoln Level Advantage^SM contracts) for the same Contractowner, joint owner, and/or Annuitant. If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, you may be subject to further restrictions in terms of your ability to make additional Purchase Payments, as more fully described below. If you stop making Purchase Payments, the contract will remain in force, however, we may terminate the contract as allowed by your state's non-forfeiture law for individual deferred annuities. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit Riders. Purchase Payments may be made or, if stopped, resumed at any time until the Annuity Commencement Date, the surrender of the contract, or the death of the Contractowner, whichever comes first.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date under any Living Benefit Rider (except as noted below), additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed:

•	at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date if you elect any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit; or
•	at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date if you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit on a nonqualified contract.

For more information on these restrictions and limitations, see The Contracts – Purchase Payments. State variations may apply.

In addition to the specific Purchase Payment restrictions and limitations immediately above, upon advance written notice, we reserve the right to further limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract.

These restrictions and limitations will limit your ability to increase your Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE^® Advantage with any version of Guaranteed Income Benefit) and/or increase the amount of any guaranteed benefit under a Living Benefit Rider by making additional Purchase Payments to the contract. You should carefully consider these limitations and restrictions, and any other limitations and restrictions of the contract, and how they may impact your long-term investment plans, especially if you intend to increase Contract Value (or Account Value under any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit) by making additional Purchase Payments over a long period of time. Please contact the Home Office or your financial professional and refer to the Living Benefit Riders section of this prospectus for additional information on any restrictions that may apply to your Living Benefit Rider. State variations may apply.

Valuation Date

Accumulation and Annuity Units will be valued once daily at the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m., New York time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open (Valuation Date). On any date other than a Valuation Date, the Accumulation Unit value and the Annuity Unit value will not change.

Allocation of Purchase Payments

Purchase Payments allocated to the variable side of the contract are placed into the VAA’s Subaccounts, according to your instructions. You may also allocate Purchase Payments to the fixed account, if available.

The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment which can be put into any one Subaccount is $20. The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment which can be put into a Guaranteed Period of the fixed account is $2,000, subject to state approval.

Purchase Payments received from you or your broker-dealer in Good Order at our Home Office prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. Purchase Payments received in Good Order after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. Purchase Payments submitted to your registered representative will generally not be processed by us until they are received from your representative’s broker-dealer. Purchase Payments submitted to us by your broker-dealer through the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation (DTCC) or a proprietary order placement system pursuant to terms agreeable to us and your Purchase Payment was placed with your broker-dealer prior to market close, then we will use the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date when processing your Purchase Payment. Purchase Payments placed with your broker-dealer after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances, Purchase Payments received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

Table of Contents

The number of Accumulation Units determined in this way is not impacted by any subsequent change in the value of an Accumulation Unit. However, the dollar value of an Accumulation Unit will vary depending not only upon how well the underlying fund’s investments perform, but also upon the expenses of the VAA and the underlying funds.

If an underlying fund imposes restrictions with respect to the acceptance of Purchase Payments, allocations or transfers, we reserve the right to reject an allocation or transfer request at any time the underlying fund notifies us of such a restriction. We will notify you if your allocation request is or becomes subject to such restrictions.

Valuation of Accumulation Units

Purchase Payments allocated to the VAA are converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing the amount allocated by the value of an Accumulation Unit for the Valuation Period during which the Purchase Payments are allocated to the VAA. The Accumulation Unit value for each Subaccount was or will be established at the inception of the Subaccount. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. Accumulation Unit values are affected by investment performance of the funds, fund expenses, and the contract charges. The Accumulation Unit value for a Subaccount for a later Valuation Period is determined as follows:

1.	The total value of the fund shares held in the Subaccount is calculated by multiplying the number of fund shares owned by the Subaccount at the beginning of the Valuation Period by the net asset value per share of the fund at the end of the Valuation Period, and adding any dividend or other distribution of the fund if an ex-dividend date occurs during the Valuation Period; minus
2.	The liabilities of the Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period; these liabilities include daily charges imposed on the Subaccount, and may include a charge or credit with respect to any taxes paid or reserved for by us that we determine result from the operations of the VAA; and
3.	The result is divided by the number of Subaccount units outstanding at the beginning of the Valuation Period.

The daily charges imposed on a Subaccount for any Valuation Period are equal to the daily product charge multiplied by the number of calendar days in the Valuation Period. Contracts with different features have different daily charges, and therefore, will have different corresponding Accumulation Unit values on any given day. In certain circumstances (for example, when separate account assets are less than $1,000), and when permitted by law, it may be prudent for us to use a different standard industry method for this calculation, called the Net Investment Factor method. We will achieve substantially the same result using either method.

Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date

After the first 30 days from the effective date of your contract, you may transfer all or a portion of your investment from one Subaccount to another. A transfer among Subaccounts involves the surrender of Accumulation Units in one Subaccount and the purchase of Accumulation Units in the other Subaccount. A transfer will be done using the respective Accumulation Unit values determined at the end of the Valuation Date on which the transfer request is received.

Transfers (among the variable Subaccounts and as permitted between the variable and fixed accounts) are limited to 12 per Contract Year unless otherwise authorized by us. This limit does not apply to transfers made under the automatic transfer programs of dollar cost averaging or portfolio rebalancing elected on forms available from us. See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs. These transfer rights and restrictions also apply during the i4LIFE^® Advantage Access Period (the time period during which you may make withdrawals from the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value). See i4LIFE^® Advantage.

The minimum amount which may be transferred between Subaccounts is $300 (or the entire amount in the Subaccount, if less than $300). If the transfer from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total balance of the Subaccount.

A transfer request may be made to our Home Office in writing, or by fax or other electronic means. A transfer request may also be made by telephone provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. Our address, telephone number, and Internet address are on the first page of this prospectus. Requests for transfers will be processed on the Valuation Date that they are received when they are received in Good Order at our Home Office before the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time). If we receive a transfer request in Good Order after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances transfers received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

We may defer or reject a transfer request that is subject to a restriction imposed by an underlying fund.

After the first 30 days from the effective date of your contract, if your contract offers a fixed account, you may also transfer all or any part of the Contract Value from the Subaccount(s) to the fixed side of the contract, except during periods when (if permitted by your contract) we have discontinued accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract. The minimum amount which can be transferred to a fixed account is $2,000 or the total amount in the Subaccount if less than $2,000. However, if a transfer from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total amount to the fixed side of the contract.

Table of Contents

You may also transfer part of the Contract Value from a fixed account to the Subaccount(s) subject to the following restrictions:

•	total fixed account transfers are limited to 25% of the value of that fixed account in any 12-month period; and
•	the minimum amount that can be transferred is $300 or, if less, the amount in the fixed account.

Because of these restrictions, it may take several years to transfer all of the Contract Value in the fixed accounts to the Subaccounts. You should carefully consider whether the fixed account meets your investment criteria.

Transfers may be delayed as permitted by the 1940 Act. See Delay of Payments.

Telephone and Electronic Transactions

A surrender, withdrawal, or transfer request may be made to our Home Office using a fax or other electronic means. In addition, withdrawal and transfer requests may be made by telephone, subject to certain restrictions. In order to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent transfers, we may require certain identifying information before we will act upon instructions. We may also assign the Contractowner a Personal Identification Number (PIN) to serve as identification. We will not be liable for following instructions we reasonably believe are genuine. Telephone and other electronic requests will be recorded and written confirmation of all transactions will be mailed to the Contractowner on the next Valuation Date.

Please note that the telephone and/or electronic devices may not always be available. Any telephone, fax machine or other electronic device, whether it is yours, your service provider’s, or your agent’s, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to limit these problems, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems, you should make your request by writing to our Home Office.

Market Timing

Frequent, large, or short-term transfers among Subaccounts and the fixed account, such as those associated with “market timing” transactions, can affect the funds and their investment returns. Such transfers may dilute the value of the fund shares, interfere with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio, and increase brokerage and administrative costs of the funds. As an effort to protect our Contractowners and the funds from potentially harmful trading activity, we utilize certain market timing policies and procedures (the “Market Timing Procedures”). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent such transfer activity among the Subaccounts and the fixed account that may affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders.

In addition, the funds may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of their respective shares. The prospectuses for the funds describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the frequent trading policies and procedures of other funds and the Market Timing Procedures we have adopted to discourage frequent transfers among Subaccounts. While we reserve the right to enforce these policies and procedures, Contractowners and other persons with interests under the contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the frequent trading policies and procedures of the funds. However, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Contractowners, and (2) execute instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Contractowners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the fund.

You should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the funds generally are “omnibus” orders from intermediaries such as retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual retirement plan participants and/or individual owners of variable insurance contracts. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the funds’ ability to apply their respective disruptive trading policies and procedures. We cannot guarantee that the funds (and thus our Contractowners) will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to the retirement plans and/or other insurance companies that may invest in the funds. In addition, if a fund believes that an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more transfer requests from Contractowners engaged in disruptive trading activity, the fund may reject the entire omnibus order.

Our Market Timing Procedures detect potential “market timers” by examining the number of transfers made by Contractowners within given periods of time. In addition, managers of the funds might contact us if they believe or suspect that there is market timing. If requested by a fund company, we may vary our Market Timing Procedures from Subaccount to Subaccount to comply with specific fund policies and procedures.

We may increase our monitoring of Contractowners who we have previously identified as market timers. When applying the parameters used to detect market timers, we will consider multiple contracts owned by the same Contractowner if that Contractowner has been identified as a market timer. For each Contractowner, we will investigate the transfer patterns that meet the parameters being used to detect potential market timers. We will also investigate any patterns of trading behavior identified by the funds that may not have been captured by our Market Timing Procedures.

Table of Contents

Once a Contractowner has been identified as a market timer under our Market Timing Procedures, we will notify the Contractowner in writing that future transfers (among the Subaccounts and/or the fixed account) will be temporarily permitted to be made only by original signature sent to us by U.S. mail, first-class delivery for the remainder of the Contract Year (or calendar year if the contract is an individual contract that was sold in connection with an employer sponsored plan). Overnight delivery or electronic instructions (which may include telephone, facsimile, or Internet instructions) submitted during this period will not be accepted. If overnight delivery or electronic instructions are inadvertently accepted from a Contractowner that has been identified as a market timer, upon discovery, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will impose this “original signature” restriction on that Contractowner even if we cannot identify, in the particular circumstances, any harmful effect from that Contractowner's particular transfers.

Contractowners seeking to engage in frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect such transfer activity may be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. The identification of Contractowners determined to be engaged in such transfer activity that may adversely affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders involves judgments that are inherently subjective. We cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect every potential market timer. If we are unable to detect market timers, you may experience dilution in the value of your fund shares and increased brokerage and administrative costs in the funds. This may result in lower long-term returns for your investments.

Our Market Timing Procedures are applied consistently to all Contractowners. An exception for any Contractowner will be made only in the event we are required to do so by a court of law. In addition, certain funds available as investment options in your contract may also be available as investment options for owners of other, older life insurance policies issued by us. Some of these older life insurance policies do not provide a contractual basis for us to restrict or refuse transfers which are suspected to be market timing activity. In addition, because other insurance companies and/or retirement plans may invest in the funds, we cannot guarantee that the funds will not suffer harm from frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity among Subaccounts and the fixed accounts of variable contracts issued by other insurance companies or among investment options available to retirement plan participants.

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as necessary to better detect and deter frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, and/or to impose additional or alternate restrictions on market timers (such as dollar or percentage limits on transfers). If we modify our Market Timing Procedures, they will be applied uniformly to all Contractowners or as applicable to all Contractowners investing in underlying funds.

Some of the funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the fund’s investment adviser, the fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to defer or reject a transfer request at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the funds available through the VAA, including any refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions of the fund shares as a result of the funds' own policies and procedures on market timing activities. If a fund refuses to accept a transfer request we have already processed, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will notify you in writing if we have reversed, restricted or refused any of your transfer requests. Some funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to administer and collect any such redemption fees on behalf of the funds. You should read the prospectuses of the funds for more details on their redemption fees and their ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of their shares.

Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date

You may transfer all or a portion of your investment in one Subaccount to another Subaccount or to the fixed side of the contract, as permitted under your contract. Those transfers will be limited to three times per Contract Year. You may also transfer from a variable Annuity Payout to a fixed annuity payment. You may not transfer from a fixed Annuity Payout to a variable Annuity Payout. Once elected, the fixed annuity payment is irrevocable.

These provisions also apply during the i4LIFE^® Advantage Lifetime Income Period. See i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Ownership

The Contractowner on the date of issue will be the person or entity designated in the contract specifications. The Contractowner of a nonqualified contract may name a joint owner.

As Contractowner, you have all rights under the contract. According to Indiana law, the assets of the VAA are held for the exclusive benefit of all Contractowners and their designated Beneficiaries; and the assets of the VAA are not chargeable with liabilities arising from any other business that we may conduct. We reserve the right to approve all ownership and Annuitant changes. Nonqualified contracts may not be sold, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or for any other purpose. Qualified contracts are not transferable unless allowed under applicable law. Nonqualified contracts may not be collaterally assigned. Assignments may have an adverse impact on any Death Benefits or benefits offered under Living Benefit Riders in this product and may be prohibited under the terms of a particular feature. We assume no responsibility for the validity or effect of any assignment. Consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of an assignment.

Table of Contents

Joint Ownership

If a contract has joint owners, the joint owners shall be treated as having equal undivided interests in the contract. Either owner, independently of the other, may exercise any ownership rights in this contract. Not more than two owners (an owner and joint owner) may be named and contingent owners are not permitted.

Annuitant

The following rules apply prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may name only one Annuitant (unless you are a tax-exempt entity, then you can name two joint Annuitants). You (if the Contractowner is a natural person) have the right to change the Annuitant at any time by notifying us in writing of the change. However, we reserve the right to approve all Annuitant changes. This may not be allowed if certain riders are in effect. The new Annuitant must be under age 86 as of the effective date of the change. This change may cause a reduction in the Death Benefits or benefits offered under Living Benefit Riders. See The Contracts – Death Benefit and Living Benefit Riders. A contingent Annuitant may be named or changed by notifying us in writing. Contingent Annuitants are not allowed on contracts owned by non-natural owners. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuitant or joint Annuitants may not be changed and contingent Annuitant designations are no longer applicable.

Surrenders and Withdrawals

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will allow the surrender of the contract or a withdrawal of the Contract Value upon your written request on an approved Lincoln distribution request form (available from the Home Office), fax, or other electronic means. Withdrawal requests may be made by telephone, subject to certain restrictions. All surrenders and withdrawals may be made in accordance with the rules discussed below. Surrender or withdrawal rights after the Annuity Commencement Date depend on the Annuity Payout option selected.

The amount available upon surrender/withdrawal is the Contract Value less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes at the end of the Valuation Period during which the written request for surrender/withdrawal is received in Good Order at the Home Office. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Home Office before the close of the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Home Office after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the NYSE may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances, surrender or withdrawal requests received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. The minimum amount which can be withdrawn is $300. Unless a request for withdrawal specifies otherwise, withdrawals will be made from all Subaccounts within the VAA and from the fixed account in the same proportion that the amount of withdrawal bears to the total Contract Value. Unless prohibited, surrender/withdrawal payments will be mailed within seven days after we receive a valid written request at the Home Office. The payment may be postponed as permitted by the 1940 Act.

The tax consequences of a surrender/withdrawal are discussed later in this prospectus. See Federal Tax Matters – Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.

Additional Services

These additional services are available to you under your contract: dollar-cost averaging (DCA), portfolio rebalancing, and automatic withdrawal service (AWS). Currently, there is no charge for these services. However, we reserve the right to impose one after appropriate notice to Contractowners. In order to take advantage of one of these services, you will need to complete the appropriate election form that is available from our Home Office or call 1-800-942-5500. These services will stop once we are notified of a pending death claim. For further detailed information on these services, please see Additional Services in the SAI.

Dollar-Cost Averaging. Dollar-cost averaging allows you to transfer amounts from the DCA fixed account, if available, or certain Subaccounts into the Subaccounts on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available.

You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by completing our election form, by calling our Home Office, or by other electronic means. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged (DCA’d) is $1,500 over any time period between six and 60 months. We may offer different time periods for new Purchase Payments and for transfers of Contract Value. State variations may exist. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:

•	the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	the value of the amount being DCA’d is depleted; or
•	you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.

We reserve the right to restrict access to this program at any time.

A transfer made as part of this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made, or assessing any charges which may apply to transfers. Upon receipt of an additional Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA

Table of Contents

fixed account, the existing program duration will be extended to reflect the end date of the new DCA program. However, the existing interest crediting rate will not be extended. The existing interest crediting rate will expire at its originally scheduled expiration date and the value remaining in the DCA account from the original amount as well as any additional Purchase Payments will be credited with interest at the standard DCA rate at the time. If you cancel the DCA program, your remaining Contract Value in the DCA program will be allocated to the Subaccounts according to your allocation instructions. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify this program at any time. If you have chosen DCA from one of the Subaccounts, only the amount allocated to that DCA program will be transferred. Investment gain, if any, will remain in that Subaccount unless you reallocate it to one of the other Subaccounts. If you are enrolled in automatic rebalancing, this amount may be automatically rebalanced based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of rebalancing. DCA does not assure a profit or protect against loss.

Portfolio Rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing is an option that restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount. The rebalancing may take place monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Rebalancing events will be noted on your quarterly statement. The fixed account is not available for portfolio rebalancing.

Only one of the two additional services (DCA and portfolio rebalancing) may be used at one time. For example, you cannot have DCA and portfolio rebalancing running simultaneously. We reserve the right to discontinue any or all of these administrative services at any time.

Automatic Withdrawal Service. The automatic withdrawal service (AWS) provides for an automatic periodic withdrawal of your Contract Value. Withdrawals under AWS will be noted on your quarterly statement. Confirmation statements for each individual withdrawal will not be issued. AWS is also available for amounts allocated to the fixed account, if applicable.

Fees Associated with Fee-Based Financial Plans. You have purchased this contract as part of a Fee-Based Financial Plan whereby an investment firm or professional offers investment advice for a fee. The fee for this advice is covered in a separate agreement between you and the firm or professional, and is in addition to the fees and expenses that apply to this contract. You may elect to have the fee paid to your investment firm or professional from your Contract Value by using AWS, if certain conditions apply.

Partial withdrawals to pay the fee may be taken automatically by enrolling in an AWS designated specifically for this purpose. Withdrawals are available in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual frequencies. You may enroll in this service by completing the appropriate election form that is available from your investment adviser. Additionally, you may authorize your investment adviser to set up or change your AWS program, or to take one-time withdrawals to pay for the advisory fee. Once you have elected this service, it will continue until you instruct us in writing to terminate it. Withdrawals under this AWS option will be noted on your quarterly statement as an advisory fee withdrawal. This service may not be available through all broker-dealers.

This service is not available if i4LIFE^® Advantage is in effect and will automatically terminate upon election of i4LIFE^® Advantage.

These withdrawals may decrease your guarantees under a Death Benefit or Living Benefit Rider. Advisory fee withdrawals may also have tax consequences. For nonqualified contracts, partial withdrawals to pay the advisory fee will be treated as a distribution for federal tax purposes, and will be reported as income on Form 1099R. For qualified contracts, partial withdrawals to pay the advisory fee will not be reported as a distribution from the contract.

Asset Allocation Models

You may allocate your Purchase Payment among a group of Subaccounts that invest in underlying funds within an asset allocation model. Each model invests different percentages of Contract Value in some or all of the Subaccounts currently available within your annuity contract. If you select an asset allocation model, 100% of your Contract Value (and any additional Purchase Payments you make) will be allocated among certain Subaccounts in accordance with the model’s asset allocation strategy. You may not make transfers among the Subaccounts. We will proportionately deduct any withdrawals you make from the Subaccounts in the asset allocation model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in the contract at any time.

This contract is offered as part of a Fee-Based Financial Plan whereby an investment firm or professional offers investment advice for a fee. It is sold through broker-dealers who may also be registered as or affiliated with a registered investment adviser. Your financial professional may discuss asset allocation models with you to assist in deciding to allocate your Purchase Payments among the various Subaccounts and/or the fixed account. You should consult with your financial professional as to whether a model is appropriate for you.

Each of the asset allocation models seeks to meet its investment objective while avoiding excessive risk. The models also strive to achieve diversification among asset classes in order to help provide returns commensurate with a given level of risk over the long-term. There can be no assurance, however, that any of the asset allocation models will achieve its investment objective. If you are seeking a more aggressive strategy, these models are probably not appropriate for you.

The asset allocation models are intended to provide a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help it reach its stated investment goal. While diversification may help reduce overall risk, it does not eliminate the risk of losses and it does not protect against losses in a declining market.

Table of Contents

In order to maintain the model’s specified Subaccount allocation percentages, you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option and you thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a quarterly basis based upon your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency at any time, in our sole discretion, but will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency.

The models are static asset allocation models. This means that they have fixed allocations made up of underlying funds that are offered within your contract and the percentage allocations will not change over time. Once you have selected an asset allocation model, we will not make any changes to the fund allocations within the model except for the rebalancing described above. If you desire to change your Contract Value or Purchase Payment allocation or percentages to reflect a revised or different model, you must submit new allocation instructions to us. You may terminate a model at any time. There is no charge from Lincoln for participating in a model.

The election of certain Living Benefit Riders may require that you allocate Purchase Payments in accordance with Investment Requirements that may be satisfied by choosing an asset allocation model. Different requirements and/or restrictions may apply under the individual rider. See The Contracts - Investment Requirements. To the extent you are using a model to satisfy your Investment Requirements, the model is intended, in part, to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under the Living Benefit Riders.

The models were designed and prepared by Lincoln Investment Advisors Corp. (LIAC), which is an affiliate of ours, for use by Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (LFD), the principal underwriter of the contracts. LFD provides models to broker-dealers who may offer the models to their own clients. In making these models and Subaccounts available as investment options under your contract, LIAC, LFD and the Company are not providing you with investment advice, nor are they recommending to you any particular model or Subaccount. You should consult with your financial professional to determine whether you should utilize or invest in any model or Subaccount, or whether it is suitable for you based upon your goals, risk tolerance and time horizon.

If a fund within a model closes to new investors, investors that have been invested before the fund closed may remain in the model. However the model would no longer be offered to new investors. If a fund within a model liquidates, we may transfer assets from that Subaccount to another Subaccount after providing notice to you. If this transfer occurs, and you own a Living Benefit Rider and are subject to Investment Requirements, you may no longer comply with the Investment Requirements. See the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus for more information. If a fund within a model merges with another fund, we will add the surviving fund to the model.

Death Benefit

The chart below provides a brief overview of how the Death Benefit proceeds will be distributed if death occurs prior to i4LIFE^® Advantage elections or prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Refer to your contract for the specific provisions applicable upon death.

upon death of:	and...	and...	Death Benefit proceeds pass to:
Contractowner	There is a surviving joint owner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Joint owner
Contractowner	There is no surviving joint owner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Designated Beneficiary
Contractowner	There is no surviving joint owner and the Beneficiary predeceases the Contractowner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Contractowner's estate
Annuitant	The Contractowner is living	There is no contingent Annuitant	The youngest Contractowner becomes the contingent Annuitant and the contract continues. The Contractowner may waive* this continuation and receive the Death Benefit proceeds.
Annuitant	The Contractowner is living	The contingent Annuitant is living	Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and the contract continues
Annuitant**	The Contractowner is a trust or other non-natural person	No contingent Annuitant allowed with non-natural Contractowner	Designated Beneficiary

*	Notification from the Contractowner to receive the Death Benefit proceeds must be received within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant.

**	Death of Annuitant is treated like death of the Contractowner.

Table of Contents

A Death Benefit may be payable if the Contractowner (or a joint owner) or Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You can choose the Death Benefit. Only one Death Benefit may be in effect at any one time and this Death Benefit terminates if you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage or elect any other annuitization option. Generally, the more expensive the Death Benefit is, the greater the protection.

You should consider the following provisions carefully when designating the Beneficiary, Annuitant, any contingent Annuitant and any joint owner, as well as before changing any of these parties. The identity of these parties under the contract may significantly affect the amount and timing of the Death Benefit or other amount paid upon a Contractowner's or Annuitant's death.

You may designate a Beneficiary during your lifetime and change the Beneficiary by filing a written request with our Home Office. Each change of Beneficiary revokes any previous designation. We reserve the right to request that you send us the contract for endorsement of a change of Beneficiary.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary. Upon the death of a joint owner, the Death Benefit will be paid to the surviving joint owner. If the Contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the death of the Annuitant will be treated as death of the Contractowner.

If an Annuitant who is not the Contractowner or joint owner dies, then the contingent Annuitant, if named, becomes the Annuitant and no Death Benefit is payable on the death of the Annuitant. If no contingent Annuitant is named, the Contractowner (or younger of joint owners) becomes the Annuitant. Alternatively, a Death Benefit may be paid to the Contractowner (and joint owner, if applicable, in equal shares). Notification of the election of this Death Benefit must be received by us within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant. The contract terminates when any Death Benefit is paid due to the death of the Annuitant.

If a Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of this contract (unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant), upon death, we will only pay the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the death claim.

If your Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.

Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is the default Death Benefit under this contract; this means that if you do not select a Death Benefit, the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will be automatically selected for you at contract issue. There is an additional charge for this Death Benefit. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of:

•

the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or

•

the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value. Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage and withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage may reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage.

In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals may reduce the Contract Value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.

If a Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of this contract (unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant), upon the death of the person who was changed, we will only pay the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the death claim.

If your Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.

You may not terminate the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. If all Contractowners and Annuitants are changed, the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will automatically terminate and the Contract Value Death Benefit will be in effect.

The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is not available for contracts issued to a Contractowner, or joint owner or Annuitant, who is age 86 or older at the time of issuance. The product charge for this Death Benefit will vary according to the age of the oldest Contractowner or Annuitant at the time the contract is issued. See Charges and Other Deductions – Deductions from the VAA.

If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Contractowner, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the contract as the new Contractowner. In this situation, a portion of the Death Benefit may be credited to the contract. Any portion of the Death Benefit that would have been payable (if the contract had not been continued) that exceeds the current Contract Value on the Valuation Date we approve the claim will be added to the Contract Value. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may not be discontinued once elected.

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit. If the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is in effect, the Death Benefit paid will be the greatest of:

•	the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value.

Table of Contents

Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage and withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage; or

•

the highest anniversary value on any contract anniversary (including the inception date) (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the oldest Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant and prior to death of the Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable) or Annuitant for whom a Death Benefit is payable. The highest Contract Value is increased by Purchase Payments and is decreased by withdrawals subsequent to the anniversary date in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value. Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage and withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage reduce the highest anniversary value on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage and Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage.

In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.

Availability. The Highest Anniversary Death Benefit may not be available in all states. Please check with your financial professional regarding availability. The Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is available for both qualified and nonqualified contracts, and can only be elected at the time the contract is purchased. If elected, the rider will be effective on the contract’s effective date. The oldest Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant must be under age 76 at the time of election. There is an additional charge for this Death Benefit.

The Highest Anniversary Death Benefit may not be terminated unless you surrender the contract. In addition, the rider will terminate:

1.	on the Annuity Commencement Date;
2.	on the date the Lifetime Income Period begins under i4LIFE^® Advantage;
3.	upon payment of a Death Benefit under the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit unless the surviving spouse elects to continue the contract as the new Contractowner; or
4.	at any time all Contractowners or Annuitants are changed. In this situation, the remaining Death Benefit will be the Contract Value Death Benefit.

If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Contractowner, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the contract as the new Contractowner. In this situation, a portion of the Death Benefit may be credited to the contract. Any portion of the Death Benefit that would have been payable (if the contract had not been continued) that exceeds the current Contract Value on the Valuation Date we approve the claim will be added to the Contract Value. The Highest Anniversary Death Benefit may not be discontinued once elected.

Contract Value Death Benefit. The Contract Value Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the Contract Value on the Valuation Date the death claim is approved by us for payment. The Contract Value Death Benefit is not available for election at contract issue. Once you have the Contract Value Death Benefit, this Death Benefit cannot be changed. The Contract Value Death Benefit will become effective at the time all Contractowners and Annuitants are changed.

General Death Benefit Information

Only one of these Death Benefits may be in effect at any one time. Your Death Benefit terminates on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. i4LIFE^® Advantage only provides Death Benefit options during the Access Period. There are no Death Benefits during the Lifetime Income Period. Please see the i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefit section of this prospectus for more information.

If there are joint owners, upon the death of the first Contractowner, we will pay a Death Benefit to the surviving joint owner. The surviving joint owner will be treated as the primary, designated Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. If the surviving joint owner is the spouse of the deceased joint owner, he/she may continue the contract as sole Contractowner. Upon the death of the spouse who continues the contract, we will pay a Death Benefit to the designated Beneficiary(s).

If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Contractowner, then the spouse may elect to continue the contract as the new Contractowner. Same-sex spouses should carefully consider whether to purchase annuity products that provide benefits based upon status as a spouse, and whether to exercise any spousal rights under the contract. In 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court held that same-sex spouses who are married under state law are treated as spouses for purposes of federal law. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the contract.

Table of Contents

The value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of a claim submitted in Good Order. To be in Good Order, we require all the following:

1.	proof (e.g. an original certified death certificate), or any other proof of death satisfactory to us, of the death; and
2.	written authorization for payment; and
3.	all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).

Notwithstanding any provision of this contract to the contrary, the payment of Death Benefits provided under this contract must be made in compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death Benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.

Unless otherwise provided in the Beneficiary designation, one of the following procedures will take place on the death of a Beneficiary:

•	if any Beneficiary dies before the Contractowner, that Beneficiary’s interest will go to any other Beneficiaries named, according to their respective interests; and/or
•	if no Beneficiary survives the Contractowner, the proceeds will be paid to the Contractowner’s estate.

If the Beneficiary is a minor, court documents appointing the guardian/custodian may be required.

The Beneficiary may choose the method of payment of the Death Benefit unless the Contractowner has already selected a settlement option. The Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary or joint owner must be distributed within five years of the Contractowner’s date of death unless the Beneficiary begins receiving, within one year of the Contractowner’s death, the distribution in the form of a life annuity or an annuity for a designated period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Upon the death of the Annuitant, Federal tax law requires that an annuity election be made no later than 60 days after we have approved the death claim for payment.

The recipient of a Death Benefit may elect to receive payment either in the form of a lump sum settlement or an Annuity Payout. If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Abandoned Property. Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from the date a benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a Death Benefit has been triggered, but, if after a thorough search, we are still unable to locate the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit, or the Beneficiary does not come forward to claim the Death Benefit in a timely manner, the Death Benefit will be “escheated”. This means that the Death Benefit will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the Beneficiary or the Contractowner last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of domicile. This escheatment is revocable and the state is obligated to pay the Death Benefit (without interest) if your Beneficiary steps forward to claim it with the proper documentation.

To prevent such escheatment, it is important that you update your Beneficiary designations, including addresses, if and as they change. You may update your Beneficiary designations by submitting a Beneficiary change form to our Home Office.

Investment Requirements

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to Investment Requirements. This means you will be limited in your choice of Subaccount investments and in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. This also means you will not be able to allocate Contract Value to all of the Subaccounts that are available to Contractowners who have not elected a Living Benefit Rider. We impose Investment Requirements to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under a Living Benefit Rider.

If you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) you must allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the Subaccounts listed in the Investment Requirements for Managed Risk riders section below. If you elect any other Living Benefit Rider, you must allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the Subaccounts listed in the Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders section below. Currently, if you purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will not be subject to any Investment Requirements, although we reserve the right to impose Investment Requirements for this rider in the future. If we do exercise our right to do so, you will have to reallocate your Contract Value subject to such requirements.

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, Investment Requirements apply whether you purchase the rider at contract issue, or add it to an existing contract. You must hold the rider for a minimum period of time after election (the minimum time is specified under the Termination section of each rider). During this time, you will be required to adhere to the Investment Requirements. After this time, failure to adhere to the Investment Requirements will result in termination of the rider.

Table of Contents

Certain underlying funds that are included in the Investment Requirements, including funds managed by an adviser affiliated with us, employ risk management strategies that are intended to control the funds’ overall volatility, and for some funds, to also reduce the downside exposure of the funds during significant market downturns.

These funds are included under Investment Requirements (particularly in the Investment Requirements for the Managed Risk riders) in part because the reduction in volatility helps us, to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under a Living Benefit Rider. At the same time, risk management strategies in periods of high market volatility or other market conditions, could limit your participation in market gains. This may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and, in turn, the value of any guaranteed benefit that is tied to investment performance. You should consult with your financial professional to determine whether these funds align with your investment objectives. For more information about the funds and the investment strategies they employ, please refer to the funds’ current prospectuses. Fund prospectuses are available by contacting us.

We have divided the Subaccounts of your contract into groups and have specified the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value that must be in each group at the time you purchase the rider. Some investment options are not available to you if you purchase certain riders. The Investment Requirements may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your financial professional to determine if the Investment Requirements are consistent with your investment objectives.

You can select the percentages of Contract Value (or Account Value if i4LIFE^® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect) to allocate to individual Subaccounts within each group, but the total investment for all Subaccounts within the group must comply with the specified minimum or maximum percentages for that group.

In accordance with these Investment Requirements, you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option under your contract and thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a periodic basis. (This portfolio rebalancing will continue while a death claim is being settled, if the Living Benefit Rider could continue on an additional measuring life.) On each quarterly anniversary of the effective date of the rider, we will rebalance your Contract Value in accordance with your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Any reallocation of Contract Value among the Subaccounts made by you prior to a rebalancing date will become your allocation instructions for rebalancing purposes. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement. If we rebalance Contract Value from the Subaccounts and your allocation instructions do not comply with the Investment Requirements, then the portion of the rebalanced Contract Value that does not meet the Investment Requirements will be allocated to the American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund as the default investment option or any other Subaccount that we may designate for that purpose. These investments will become your allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise.

We may change the Investment Requirements at any time in our sole discretion, including changing the list of Subaccounts in a group, the number of groups, the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value allowed in a group, the investment options that are or are not available to you, or the rebalancing frequency. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change. We may make such changes at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders. Our decision to make changes will be based on several factors including the general market conditions and the style and investment objectives of the Subaccount investments.

At the time you receive notice of a change to the Investment Requirements, you may:

1.	submit your own reallocation instructions for the Contract Value, before the effective date specified in the notice, so that the Investment Requirements are satisfied; or
2.	take no action and be subject to the quarterly rebalancing as described above. If this results in a change to your allocation instructions, then these will be your new allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise; or
3.	terminate the applicable rider immediately, without waiting for a termination event if you do not wish to be subject to these Investment Requirements.

Investment Requirements for Managed Risk Riders. If you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), you must currently allocate 100% of your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only.

•	American Funds Bond Fund*
•	American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM*

•	American Funds U.S. Government/AAA Rated Securities Fund*
•	LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP American Preservation Fund

* This fund is only available to contracts issued on or after May 22, 2017.

The fixed account, if available, is only available for dollar cost averaging

Table of Contents

Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders for contracts purchased on or after May 22, 2017. If you elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, 4LATER^® Select Advantage or i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit you must currently allocate 100% of your Contract Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value. If you elect Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value.		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value. If you elect Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value.
American Funds Bond Fund American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM American Funds U.S. Government/AAA Rated Securities Fund LVIP American Preservation Fund		American Funds Asset Allocation Fund American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund American Funds Capital Income Builder^® American Funds Global Balanced Fund^SM American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund American Funds Global Growth Fund American Funds Global Growth Portfolio^SM American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio^SM American Funds Growth Fund American Funds Growth-Income Fund American Funds High-Income Bond Fund American Funds International Fund American Funds International Growth and Income Fund^SM American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund^SM American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund LVIP American Income Allocation Fund

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, you may allocate 100% of your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among the Subaccounts listed below. If you allocate less than 100% of Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among these Subaccounts, then the Subaccounts listed below that are also listed in Group 1 will be subject to the Group 1 restrictions. Any remaining Subaccounts listed below that are not listed in Group 1 will fall into Group 2 and be subject to Group 2 restrictions.

•	American Funds Bond Fund
•	American Funds Global Balanced Fund^SM
•	American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM

•	American Funds U.S. Government/AAA Rated Securities Fund
•	LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund
•	LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund
•	LVIP American Income Allocation Fund
•	LVIP American Preservation Fund

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value can be allocated to one of the following models: American Funds Balanced Model Portfolio or American Funds Conservative Model Portfolio. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value according to the Investment Requirements listed above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Table of Contents

Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders for contracts purchased prior to May 22, 2017. If you elected Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, 4LATER^® Select Advantage or i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit you must currently allocate 100% of your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among the following Subaccounts only.

•	American Funds Bond Fund
•	American Funds Global Balanced Fund^SM
•	American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio^SM
•	American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio^SM

•	American Funds Mortgage Fund^SM
•	LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund
•	LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund
•	LVIP American Income Allocation Fund
•	LVIP American Preservation Fund

The fixed account, if available, is only available for dollar cost averaging.

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, Contract Value may be allocated in accordance with the American Funds Asset Allocation Fund and American Funds U.S. Government/AAA Rated Securities Fund Model, made available to you by your broker-dealer. You may reallocate Contract Value at any time, according to the Investment Requirements listed above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Living Benefit Riders

This section describes the optional Living Benefit Riders currently offered under this variable annuity contract. Each rider offers one of the following:

•	a minimum withdrawal benefit:

•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk),
•	Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage,
•	Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage;

•	a minimum Annuity Payout:

•	4LATER^® Select Advantage,
•	i4LIFE^® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

These Living Benefit Riders provide different methods to take income from your Contract Value or receive lifetime payments and provide certain guarantees, regardless of the investment performance of the contract. These guarantees are subject to certain conditions, as set forth below. There are differences between the riders in the features provided, income rates, and investment options available, as well as the charge structure. The age at which you may begin receiving a benefit from your rider may vary between riders. In addition, the purchase of one rider may impact the availability of another rider. Not all riders will be available at all times. Before you elect a rider, or terminate your existing rider to elect a new rider, you should carefully review the terms and conditions of each rider. Riders elected at contract issue will be effective on the contract’s effective date. Riders elected after the contract is issued will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us.

The benefits and features of the optional Living Benefit Riders are separate and distinct from the downside protection strategies that may be employed by the funds offered under the contract. The riders do not guarantee the investment results of the funds.

There is no guarantee that any Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage) will be available in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue them at any time upon advance written notice to you. In addition, we may make different versions of a rider available to new purchasers. You cannot elect more than one Living Benefit Rider or any other payout option offered in your contract at any one time.

Excess Withdrawals under certain Living Benefit Riders may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either your financial professional or us prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what impact, if any, the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the Living Benefit Rider. Terms and conditions may change after the contract is purchased.

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for more information.

Table of Contents

From time to time, we relax our rules that apply to dropping certain riders and subsequently adding certain new ones. For example, we may waive the waiting period and instead permit you to add a new rider immediately after dropping your old one. We may also let you drop a rider before it has been in effect for the required holding period. When you drop your old rider, your old rider and charge will be terminated.

If you drop a rider for a new one during a period of time when we do not have an offer in place or have a different offer, you will not be eligible for any future offers related to the rider you previously dropped, even if such future offer would have included a greater or different benefit.

Rate Sheets

The current Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages available under certain Living Benefit Riders are declared in a prospectus supplement, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the current rates and/or current percentages, their effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates and/or percentages. The rates and/or percentages may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates and/or percentages on the previous Rate Sheet.

The rates and/or percentages for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet at least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period. In order to get the rate and/or percentage indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your financial professional, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-800-942-5500. The rates and/or percentages from previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Income Base (less Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year) if greater than an Automatic Annual Step-up so long as no withdrawals are made in the preceding Benefit Year and the rider is within the Enhancement Period;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the Enhancement; and
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Guaranteed Annual Income payments commence after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55 and are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base. The specified withdrawal percentages of the Income Base are age based and may increase over time. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse if the joint life option is chosen. You may consider purchasing Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up or Enhancement.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal and will terminate the rider if the Income Base is reduced to zero. Withdrawals, including withdrawals to pay financial planning fees, will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

The Contractowner, Annuitant or Secondary Life may not be changed while this rider is in effect (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner), including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral.

Availability. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is only available for election at the time the contract is purchased. If you elect the rider it will be effective on the contract’s effective date.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse under the joint life option) must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000.

Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If your Benefit Year anniversary falls on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed, any benefit calculations scheduled to occur on that anniversary will occur on the next Valuation Date.

Table of Contents

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The initial Income Base will equal your initial Purchase Payment and is increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Enhancements, and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

For rider elections on and after February 20, 2018, and subject to state availability, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to February 20, 2018, do not have an Enhancement Base.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason including market loss. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed after the Nursing Home Enhancement is requested and approved by us (described later in this prospectus).

Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan and Excess Withdrawals reduce the Income Base and Enhancement Base as discussed below. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Any Purchase Payment made after the initial Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the original Enhancement Period, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement as long as you meet the conditions listed below.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary the Income Base will be increased by 6% of the Enhancement Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, for riders elected on and after February 20, 2018 (5% of the Income Base for riders elected prior to February 20, 2018) if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse If the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year, including partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period; and

d. the Income Base after the enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up.

For rider elections prior to February 20, 2018, the Enhancement equals 5% of the Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding year.

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value (including a Guaranteed Annual Income payment and withdrawals to pay financial planning fees) in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base. The example assumes your rider was purchased on or after February 20, 2018, a 6% Enhancement, and no withdrawals.

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 95 = $10,000; Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

Table of Contents

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $131,900 ($115,000 x 1.06% = $121,900 + $10,000). The $10,000 Purchase Payment on day 95 is not eligible for the 6% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary.

As explained below, an Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Automatic Annual Step-up provides an increase equal to or greater than the Enhancement provides, you will not receive the Enhancement. It is possible that this could happen each Benefit Year (because the Automatic Annual Step-up provided a larger increase each year) and therefore the Enhancement would not apply. The Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 6% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including the rider charge, account fee, and partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first ten Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement through the end of the original Enhancement Period. You may not opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up if an additional Purchase Payment made during that Benefit Year caused the charge for the rider to increase to the current charge.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 6% Enhancements impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$107,000	$112,000	$100,000	$6,000
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$118,000	$100,000	$6,000
4^th Benefit Year anniversary	$128,000	$128,000	$128,000	N/A
5^th Benefit Year anniversary	$131,000	$135,680	$128,000	$7,680

On the first Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base, but since the 6% Enhancement would increase the Income Base to a higher amount, the Income Base is increased by the $6,000 Enhancement amount to $106,000 and the Enhancement Base remains at $100,000.

On the second Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base, but since the 6% Enhancement would increase the Income Base to a higher amount, the Income Base is increased by the $6,000 Enhancement amount to $112,000 and the Enhancement Base remains at $100,000.

On the third Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base, but since the 6% Enhancement would increase the Income Base to a higher amount, the Income Base is increased by the $6,000 Enhancement amount to $118,000 and the Enhancement Base remains at $100,000.

On the fourth Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base plus the 6% Enhancement, so the Income Base and Enhancement Base are increased to equal the Contract Value of $128,000.

On the fifth Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base, but since the 6% Enhancement would increase the Income Base to a higher amount, the Income Base is increased by the $7,680 (6% of $128,000) Enhancement amount and the Enhancement Base remains at $128,000.

Withdrawal Amount. Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or older. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option). Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan will reduce the amount of available Guaranteed Annual Income each year.

The initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated when you purchase the rider. If you (or younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are under age 55 at the time the rider is elected the initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be zero. If you (or the younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are age 55 or older at the time the rider is elected

Table of Contents

the initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be equal to a specified percentage of the Income Base. Upon your first withdrawal the Guaranteed Annual Income rate is based on your age (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse’s age (joint life option) at the time of the withdrawal.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the rates may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. This rate structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. This Guaranteed Annual Income rates for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Annual Income rates will not change as a result.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Annual Income rates, the effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period, the Guaranteed Annual Income rates for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rates indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or calling us at 1-800-942-5500. Guaranteed Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

During the first Benefit Year, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated using the Income Base as of the effective date of the rider (including any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider). After the first Benefit Year anniversary we will use the Income Base calculated on the most recent Benefit Year anniversary for calculating the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. After your first withdrawal the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Automatic Annual Step-up. If you have reached an applicable age band and there has not also been a subsequent Automatic Annual Step-up, then the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Guaranteed Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, withdrawals equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue automatically for your life (and your spouse’s life if applicable) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) (single life option) and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount affect the Income Base, Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes 6% Enhancement, a 4.50% Guaranteed Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider's effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider's effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider's effective date ($200,000 x 4.50%)	$9,000
Contract Value six months after rider's effective date	$210,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider's effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider's effective date	$9,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $9,000)	$201,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4.50%)	$9,225

Table of Contents

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, an Enhancement is not available, but the Automatic Annual Step-up was available and increased the Income Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first anniversary of the rider’s effective date, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is $9,225 (4.50% x $205,000).

Purchase Payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment. For example, assuming a Contractowner has a Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $2,250 (4.50% of $50,000 Income Base), an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 increases the Guaranteed Annual Income amount that Benefit Year to $2,700 ($2,250 + 4.50% of $10,000). The Guaranteed Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a Purchase Payment is added to the contract.

Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups will increase the Income Base and thus the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount after the Income Base is adjusted either by an Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up will be equal to the adjusted Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate.

Nursing Home Enhancement. (The Nursing Home Enhancement is not available in certain states. Please contact the Home Office or your financial professional regarding availability.) The Guaranteed Annual Income rate will be increased to 10%, called the Nursing Home Enhancement, during a Benefit Year when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 70 or older, or the younger of the Contractowner and spouse is age 70 or older (joint life option), and one is admitted into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. (The Nursing Home Enhancement is not available until the next Benefit Year anniversary after age 70 if a withdrawal has been taken since the rider effective date.) The Nursing Home Enhancement applies if the admittance into such facility occurs 60 months or more after the effective date of the rider, the individual was not in the nursing home in the year prior to the effective date of the rider, and upon entering the nursing home, the person has then been confined for at least 90 consecutive days. For the joint life option if both spouses qualify, the Nursing Home Enhancement is available for either spouse, but not both spouses. You should carefully consider the fact that the enhanced Guaranteed Annual Income rate is only available for one measuring life before an election is made. The Nursing Home Enhancement will not be available if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, including withdrawals, market performance, or rider charges.

You may request the Nursing Home Enhancement by filling out a request form provided by us. Proof of nursing home confinement will be required each year. If you leave the nursing home, or if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, your Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced to the amount you would otherwise be eligible to receive. Any withdrawals made prior to the entrance into a nursing home and during the Benefit Year that the Nursing Home Enhancement commences, will reduce the amount available that year for the Nursing Home Enhancement. Purchase Payments may not be made into the contract after a request for the Nursing Home Enhancement is approved by us and any Purchase Payments made either in the 12 months prior to entering the nursing home or while you are residing in a nursing home will not be included in the calculation of the Nursing Home Enhancement.

The requirements of an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility are set forth in the Nursing Home Enhancement Claim Form. The criteria for the facility include, but are not limited to: providing 24 hour a day nursing services; an available physician; an employed nurse on duty or call at all times; maintains daily clinical records; and able to dispense medications. This does not include an assisted living or similar facility. The admittance to a nursing home must be pursuant to a plan of care provided by a licensed health care practitioner, and the nursing home must be located in the United States. The remaining references to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount also include the Nursing Home Enhancement amount.

Contractowners in South Dakota who elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) have the option to increase the Guaranteed Annual Income rate upon the diagnosis of a terminal illness, subject to certain conditions. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be increased to 10% during a Benefit Year when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 70 or older or the younger of the Contractowner and spouse is age 70 or older (joint life option), and one is diagnosed by a licensed physician that his or her life expectancy is twelve months or less. (The terminal illness provision is not available until the next Benefit Year anniversary after age 70 if a withdrawal has been taken since the rider effective date.) This provision applies if the diagnosis of terminal illness occurs 60 months or more after the effective date of the rider and the diagnosis was not made in the year prior to the effective date of the rider. For the joint life option if both spouses qualify, this provision for terminal illness is available for either spouse, but not both spouses. You should carefully consider the fact that the enhanced Guaranteed Annual Income rate is only available for one measuring life before an election is made. The terminal illness provision will not be available if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, including withdrawals, market performance, or rider charges.

Once either the Nursing Home Enhancement or the terminal illness enhancement is elected for one spouse, neither enhancement will be available for the other spouse. You may request the terminal illness enhancement by filling out a request form provided by us. If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, your Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced to the amount you would otherwise be eligible to receive. Any withdrawals made prior to the diagnosis of a terminal illness and during the Benefit Year that the terminal illness enhancement commences will reduce the amount available that year for the terminal illness enhancement. Purchase Payments may not be made into the contract after a request for the terminal illness enhancement is approved by us and any Purchase Payments made either in the 12 months prior to the terminal illness diagnosis or during the duration of the terminal illness will not be included in the calculation of the terminal illness enhancement. Any requirements to qualify for the terminal illness

Table of Contents

enhancement are set forth in the Terminal Illness Claim Form. The remaining references to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount also include the terminal illness enhancement amount for Contractowners in South Dakota only.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are not payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan made prior to age 55, and that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income each year will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	The Income Base and Enhancement Base, if applicable, are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Your quarterly statements will include the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (as adjusted for Guaranteed Annual Income amount payments in a Benefit Year, Excess Withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments) available to you for the Benefit Year, if applicable, in order for you to determine whether a withdrawal may be an Excess Withdrawal. We encourage you to either consult with your financial professional or call us at the number provided in this prospectus if you have questions about Excess Withdrawals.

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base and Enhancement Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and the Contract Value under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk). The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes a $12,643 reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base =$85,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,825 (4.50% of the Income Base of $85,000)

After a $12,000 Withdrawal ($3,825 is within the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, $8,175 is the Excess Withdrawal):
The Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $3,825 and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced:

Contract Value = $56,175 ($60,000 - $3,825)
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base =$85,000

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $8,175 Excess Withdrawal and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are redeuced by 14.553%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $56,175 Contract Value ($8,175 ÷ $56,175)

Contract Value = $48,000 ($56,175 - $8,175)
Income Base = $72,630 ($85,000 x 14.553% = $12,370; $85,000 - $12,370 = $72,630)
Enhancement Base = $72,630 ($85,000 x 14.553% = $12,370; $85,000 - $12,370 = $72,630)
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,268 (4.50% of $72,630 Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value has been reduced due to a declining market, but the Income Base is unchanged:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $72,630
Enhancement Base = $72,630
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,268 (4.50% x $72,630)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Guaranteed Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If either the Contract Value or Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further Enhancement.

Table of Contents

Withdrawals from IRA contracts will not be considered Excess Withdrawals (even if they exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount) only if the withdrawals are taken as systematic installments of the amount needed to satisfy the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9). In addition, in order for this exception for RMDs to apply, the following must occur:

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph); and

4. This contract is not a beneficiary IRA.

If your RMD withdrawals during a Benefit Year are less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, an additional amount up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn. If a withdrawal, other than an RMD is made during the Benefit Year, then all amounts withdrawn in excess of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, including amounts attributable to RMDs, will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.

Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income. Withdrawals of Contract Value that exceed Purchase Payments in nonqualified contracts are taxed as ordinary income. See Federal Tax Matters for a discussion of the tax consequences of withdrawals.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the maturity date of the contract, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

Contractowners may decide to choose the GAIAAPO over i4LIFE^® Advantage if they feel this may provide a higher final payment option over time and they may place more importance on this payment over access to the Account Value. Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for your life or the life of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If you are receiving the GAIAAPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. If the Contract Value Death Benefit option is in effect, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment(s). The final payment is a one-time lump-sum payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and payments under the GAIAAPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant. In addition, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) provides no increase in the value to the Death Benefit over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts - Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). If the Beneficiary elects to continue the contract after the death of the single life (through a separate provision of the contract), the Beneficiary may purchase a new Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) if available under the terms and charge in effect at the time of the new purchase. There is no carryover of the Income Base.

Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue if applicable as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse, if under age 86, may choose to terminate the joint life option and purchase a new single life option, if available, under the terms and charge in effect at the time for a new purchase. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider whether the change will cause the Income Base and the Guaranteed Annual Income amount to decrease.

Table of Contents

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Contractowners in Florida who elect their rider prior to February 2018, may terminate the rider after the first anniversary of the effective date of the rider. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	If the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	upon the death under the single life option or the death of the surviving spouse under the joint life option;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed due to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) option. Contractowners who previously elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) may decide later to transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). This transition must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Income Base (less Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year) if greater than an Automatic Annual Step-up so long as no withdrawals are made in the preceding Benefit Year and the rider is within the Enhancement Period;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the Enhancement;
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Income Base if reduced to zero. Withdrawals, including withdrawals to pay financial planning fees, will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

This rider provides for guaranteed, periodic withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount commencing after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55. The Guaranteed Annual Income payments are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base, which are age-based and may increase over time. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse, if the joint life option is chosen. You may consider purchasing Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up or Enhancement.

Availability. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is only available for election at the time the contract is purchased. If you elect the rider, it will be effective on the contract’s effective date.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant as well as the spouse under the joint life option must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000.

Table of Contents

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Income Base is equal to your initial Purchase Payment, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which your (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

For rider elections on and after February 20, 2018, and subject to state availability, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to February 20, 2018 do not have an Enhancement Base.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. For riders purchased on and after February 20, 2018, a new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Riders purchased prior to February 20, 2018, only have one 10-year Enhancement Period. Any Purchase Payment made after the initial Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first ten Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement as long as you meet the conditions listed below.

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year, including partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period; and

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up.

For rider elections prior to February 20, 2018, the Enhancement equals 5% of the Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding year.

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value (including a Guaranteed Annual Income payment and withdrawals to pay financial planning fees) in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base. The example assumes your rider was purchased on and after February 20, 2018, a 6% Enhancement, and no withdrawals.

Table of Contents

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 6% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are still living under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including the rider charge, account fee, and partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date, is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first 10 Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement (if applicable) through the end of the Enhancement Period. You may not opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up if an additional Purchase Payment made during that Benefit Year caused the charge for the rider to increase to the current charge.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 6% Enhancements impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$107,000	$112,000	$100,000	$6,000
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$118,000	$100,000	$6,000
4^th Benefit Year anniversary	$128,000	$128,000	$128,000	N/A
5^th Benefit Year anniversary	$131,000	$135,680	$128,000	$7,680

Withdrawal Amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option). Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or older. Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan will reduce the amount of available Guaranteed Annual Income each year.

The Guaranteed Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and whether the single or joint life option has been elected. Under the joint life option, the age of the younger of you or your spouse will be used. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will change upon an Automatic Annual Step-up, an Enhancement (if applicable), additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below.

Table of Contents

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Annual Income rates, the effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may change with periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period, the Guaranteed Annual Income rates for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rates indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-800-942-5500. Guaranteed Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

During the first Benefit Year the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated using the Income Base as of the effective date of the rider. After the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated using the Income Base on the most recent Benefit Year anniversary. After your first Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Automatic Annual Step-up. If you have reached an applicable higher age band and there has not also been a subsequent Automatic Annual Step-up, then the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Guaranteed Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, withdrawals equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue automatically for your life (and your spouse’s life if applicable) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount impact the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 6% Enhancement, a 4% Guaranteed Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 4%)	$8,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$210,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider’s effective date	$8,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $8,000)	$202,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4%)	$8,200

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, an Enhancement is not available, but the Automatic Annual Step-up was available and increased the Income Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is $8,200 (4% x $205,000).

Table of Contents

Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups will increase the Income Base and thus the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount, after the Income Base is adjusted by an Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up, will be equal to the adjusted Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan made prior to age 55, and that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income each year will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	the Income Base and Enhancement Base, if applicable, are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Your quarterly statements will include the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (as adjusted for Guaranteed Annual Income amount payments in a Benefit Year, Excess Withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments) available to you for the Benefit Year, if applicable, in order for you to determine whether a withdrawal may be an Excess Withdrawal. We encourage you to either consult with your registered representative or call us at the number provided in this prospectus if you have any questions about Excess Withdrawals.

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, and the Contract Value under Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes an $11,816.14 reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,00
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Income Base of $85,000)

After a $12,000 withdrawal ($4,250 is within the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, $7,750 is the Excess Withdrawal):
The Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $4,250 and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced:
Contract Value = $55,750 ($60,000 - $4,250)
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,00

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by 13.90134%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $55,750 Contract Value ($7,750 / $55,750).

Contract Value = $48,000 ($55,750 - $7,750)
Income Base = $73,183.86 ($85,000 x 13.90134% = $11,816.14; $85,000 - $11,816.14 = $73,183.86)
Enhancement Base = $73,183.86 ($85,000 x 13.90134% = $11,816.14; $85,000 - $11,816.14 = $73,183.86)
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659.19 (5% of $73,183.86 Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $73,183.86
Enhancement Base = $73,183.86
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659.19 (5% x $73,183.86)

Table of Contents

Contract Value. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further Enhancements.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMD’s are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph); and
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA.

Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income. In nonqualified contracts, withdrawals of Contract Value that exceed Purchase Payments are taxed as ordinary income. See Federal Tax Matters for a discussion of the tax consequences of withdrawals.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the maturity date of the contract, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant. In addition, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage provides no increase in value to the Death Benefit over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract except as described below in Impact to Withdrawal Calculations of Death Benefits before the Annuity Commencement Date. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Termination. After the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Contractowners in Florida who elected their rider prior to February 20, 2018, may terminate their rider at any time after the first Benefit Year anniversary. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will automatically terminate:

Table of Contents

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon death under the single life option or the death of the surviving spouse under the joint life option;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit option. Contractowners who previously elected Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may decide to later transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This transition must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An enhancement amount added to the Income Base equal to 6% of the Enhancement Base (less Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year) if greater than an Automatic Annual Step-up so long as no withdrawals are made in the preceding Benefit Year and the rider is within the Enhancement Period;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the 6% Enhancement;
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Income Base is reduced to zero. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further 6% Enhancements. Withdrawals, including withdrawals to pay financial planning fees, will also negatively impact the availability of the 6% Enhancement.

This rider provides for guaranteed, periodic withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount commencing after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55. The Guaranteed Annual Income payments are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base, which are age-based and may increase over time. Your Guaranteed Annual Income payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse, if the joint life option is chosen.

You may consider purchasing Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up and 6% Enhancements to the Income Base. However, these guaranteed payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. Additionally, if you decide to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage in the future, your Income Base under Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will not carry over to i4LIFE^® Advantage. This rider may be more suitable for you than another available Living Benefit Rider if you are willing to exchange higher income payments with potentially lower income in the future if your Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Availability. Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is available for election only at the time the contract is purchased. If elected, the rider will be effective on the contract's effective date.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant as well as the spouse under the joint life option must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000.

Table of Contents

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The initial Income Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups and 6% Enhancements, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

The Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by a 6% Enhancement.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Income Base and the Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Any Purchase Payment made after the initial Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Income Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first ten Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for the 6% Enhancements as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary the Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit year, will be increased by 6% if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year, including partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period; and

d. the Income Base after the enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals):

Table of Contents

could happen each Benefit Year (because the Automatic Annual Step-up provided a larger increase each year) and therefore the Enhancement would not apply. The Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 6% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including the rider charge, account fee, and partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even when a withdrawal has occurred.

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period Starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first ten Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for the 6% Enhancement (if applicable) through the end of the Enhancement Period. You may not opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up if an additional Purchase Payment made during that Benefit Year caused the charge for the rider to increase to the current charge.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 6% Enhancements impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$107,000	$112,000	$100,000	$6,000
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$118,000	$100,000	$6,000
4^th Benefit Year anniversary	$128,000	$128,000	$128,000	N/A
5^th Benefit Year anniversary	$131,000	$135,680	$128,000	$7,680

Withdrawal Amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option), but will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or older. Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan will reduce the amount of available Guaranteed Annual Income each year.

The Guaranteed Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and whether the single or joint life option has been elected, and whether or not your Contract Value has been reduced to zero. Under the joint life option, the age of the younger of you or your spouse will be used. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will change upon

Table of Contents

an Automatic Annual Step-up, 6% Enhancement, additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below. Additionally, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced if the Contract Value reaches zero.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rate will be based on your age as of the date the first withdrawal on or after age 55 (based on the age of the younger of you or your spouse for the joint life option). Thereafter, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will only increase upon an Automatic Annual Step-up, and will decrease once the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the rates may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. The rate structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The Guaranteed Annual Income rates for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Annual Income rates will not change as a result.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Annual Income rates, its effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a contract to be issued with those rates. The rates may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rate indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-800-942-5500. Guaranteed Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

During the first Benefit Year the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated using the Income Base as of the effective date of the rider. After the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated using the Income Base on the most recent Benefit Year anniversary, as adjusted for additional Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 6% Enhancements, and subsequent Excess Withdrawals. After your first Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Automatic Annual Step-up. If you have reached an applicable higher age band and there has not also been a subsequent Automatic Annual Step-up, then the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Guaranteed Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year. The Guaranteed Annual Income rate will be lower if your Contract Value is reduced to zero, which will result in a reduced Guaranteed Annual Income amount.

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are not available until you have reached age 55 (the younger of you or your spouse under the joint life option). If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate and amount will be immediately reduced, as reflected on your Rate Sheet. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount payable as calculated in Table A of the Rate Sheet cannot exceed the remaining Contract Value. However, if the total Guaranteed Annual Income amounts received in the Benefit Year your Contract Value is reduced to zero are less than the recalculated Guaranteed Annual Income amount based on Table B of the Rate Sheet, the difference is payable for the remainder of that Benefit Year. Otherwise, you will not be able to receive further Guaranteed Annual Income payments until the next Benefit Year anniversary. Withdrawals equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue automatically for your life (and your spouse’s life if applicable) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount impact the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 5% Guaranteed Annual Income rate and a Contract Value of $200,000 on the rider’s effective date:

Table of Contents

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 5%)	$10,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$212,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider’s effective date	$10,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($212,000 - $10,000)	$202,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 5%)	$10,250

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, the 6% Enhancement is not available, but the Automatic Annual Step-up was available and increased the Income Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is $10,250 (5% x $205,000).

Purchase Payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment. For example, assuming a Contractowner has a Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000 Income Base), an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 increases the Guaranteed Annual Income amount that Benefit Year to $3,000 ($2,500 + 5% of $10,000). The Guaranteed Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a Purchase Payment is added to the contract.

6% Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups will increase the Income Base and thus the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount, after the Income Base is adjusted by a 6% Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up will be equal to the adjusted Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

Partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan made prior to age 55, and that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income each year will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	The Income Base and the Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Your quarterly statements will include the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (as adjusted for Guaranteed Annual Income amount payments in a Benefit Year, Excess Withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments) available to you for the Benefit Year, if applicable, in order for you to determine whether a withdrawal may be an Excess Withdrawal. We encourage you to either consult with your registered representative or call us at the number provided in this prospectus if you have any questions about Excess Withdrawals.

The following example assumes a 5% Guaranteed Annual Income rate and demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base, Enhancement Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, and the Contract Value under Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal which causes an $11,816.14 reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:

Table of Contents

Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Income Base of $85,000)

Contract Value = $55,750 ($60,000 - $4,250)
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $73,183.86
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659.19 (5% x $73,183.86)
Enhancement Base = $73,183.86

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Guaranteed Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further 6% Enhancements.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMD’s are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph); and
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate shown in Table B of your Rate Sheet, for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the maturity date of the contract, and you have remaining Contract Value, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for your life or the life of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

Table of Contents

If you are receiving the GAIAAPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. If the Account Value Death Benefit option is in effect, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment(s). The final payment is a one-time lump-sum payment and will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and payments under the GAIAAPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant. In addition, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage provides no increase in value to the Death Benefit over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Automatic Annual Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above. The 6% Enhancement will continue, if applicable, upon the first death under the joint life option. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Termination. Prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, the Contractowner may decide to terminate the rider to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage. After the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage;
•	upon death under the single life option or the death of the surviving spouse under the joint life option;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or to the Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time, except i4LIFE^® Advantage.

4LATER^® Select Advantage

4LATER^® Select Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides an Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage. If you elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Select Advantage.

Availability. 4LATER^® Select Advantage (if approved in your state) is only available for election at the time the contract is purchased. If you elect the rider, it will be effective on the contract’s effective date.

4LATER^® Select Advantage is not available for purchase with qualified contracts and is designed primarily for purchasers of nonqualifed contracts where the Contractowner and Annuitant are different people (single life option) or with joint life benefits where the Secondary Life is not a spouse. The Contractowner, Annuitant and Secondary Life under the joint life option must be age 85 or younger.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. For riders purchased on and after May 21, 2018, a new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement

Table of Contents

Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018 only have one 10-year Enhancement Period. Any Purchase Payment made after the initial Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Income Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is an amount used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit at a later date. The initial Income Base will be equal to the initial Purchase Payment. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. The maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts from all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or Secondary Life, if joint life option) are the covered lives.

For rider elections on and after May 21, 2018, and subject to state availability, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to May 21, 2018 do not have an Enhancement Base.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments (not to exceed the maximum Income Base). For example, an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. If after the first Benefit Year cumulative additional Purchase Payments equal or exceed $100,000, the charge for 4LATER^® Select Advantage will change to the then current charge in effect on the next Benefit Year anniversary. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Each withdrawal (including withdrawals to pay the fees for Fee-Based Financial Plans) reduces the Income Base and Enhancement Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal. This means that the reduction in the Income Base or Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Income Base and Enhancement Base and the Contract Value. The Contractowner makes a withdrawal of $11,200 which causes a $12,550 reduction in the Income Base.

Prior to the withdrawal:
Contract Value = $112,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base = $125,500

After a withdrawal of $11,200, the Contract Value is reduced by 10% ($11,200) and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are also reduced by 10%, the same proportion by which the withdrawal reduced the Contract Value ($11,200 ÷ $112,000)

Contract Value = $100,800 ($112,000 - $11,200)
Income Base and Enhancement Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)

In a declining market, withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base, and as a result will reduce your future Guaranteed Income Benefit. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals, this rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to a withdrawal, both the rider and the contract will terminate.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary the Income Base will be increased by 6% of the Enhancement Base, minus the Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, for riders elected on and after May 21, 2018 (5% of the Income Base for riders elected prior to May 21, 2018) if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year, including partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period; and

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up.

For rider elections prior to May 21, 2018, the Enhancement equals 5% of the Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding year.

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value (including fees for financial plans) in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

Table of Contents

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base. The example assumes your rider was purchased on or after May 21, 2018, a 6% Enhancement, and no withdrawals.

As explained below, an Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Automatic Annual Step-up provides an increase equal to or greater than the Enhancement provides, you will not receive the Enhancement. It is possible that the Automatic Annual Step-up would provide a higher increase each Benefit Year, and you would never receive a benefit from the Enhancement. The Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

Automatic Annual Step-up. The Income Base will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Annuitant (single life option), or the Secondary Life (joint life option) are still living and under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including the rider charge, account fee, and partial withdrawals to pay the fees associated with your financial plan), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years in which a withdrawal has occurred.

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years when a withdrawal has occurred.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 6% Enhancements impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$107,000	$112,000	$100,000	$6,000
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$118,000	$100,000	$6,000
4^th Benefit Year anniversary	$128,000	$128,000	$128,000	N/A
5^th Benefit Year anniversary	$131,000	$135,680	$128,000	$7,680

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 4LATER^® Select Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base or any other Death Benefit upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant. In addition, 4LATER^® Select Advantage provides no increase in value to the Death Benefit over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of the

Table of Contents

4LATER^® Select Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. Generally all Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9), as amended. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

If the Contractowner is not also named as the Annuitant or the Secondary Life, upon the first death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider will continue. Upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life, 4LATER^® Select Advantage will terminate.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider will continue only if either Annuitant or the Secondary Life becomes the new Contractowner and payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage begin within one year after the death of the Contractowner.

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the Contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. 4LATER^® Select Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date; or
•	if the Annuitant is changed including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral; or
•	upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life; or
•	when the Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals;
•	the last day that you can elect i4LIFE^® Advantage (age 95); or
•	upon termination of the underlying contract.

This termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit option. If you elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Select Advantage. This transition must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

i4LIFE^® Advantage

i4LIFE^® Advantage (the Variable Annuity Payout Option Rider in your contract) is an optional Annuity Payout rider you may purchase at an additional cost and is separate and distinct from other Annuity Payout options offered under your contract and described later in this prospectus. You may also purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for an additional charge. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Charge.

i4LIFE^® Advantage provides variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for life subject to certain conditions. The Guaranteed Income Benefit provides a minimum payout floor for those Regular Income Payments. These payments are made during two time periods: an Access Period and a Lifetime Income Period, which are discussed in further detail below. i4LIFE^® Advantage is different from other Annuity Payout options provided by Lincoln because with i4LIFE^® Advantage, you have the ability to make additional withdrawals or surrender the contract during the Access Period. The Guaranteed Income Benefit is described in further detail below.

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you must choose the Annuitant, Secondary Life (if applicable). You can also choose when you want to receive your first Regular Income Payment and the frequency with which you will receive Regular Income Payments. The Annuitant and Secondary Life may not be changed after i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected. For qualified contracts, the Secondary Life must be the spouse. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits regarding the impact of a change to the Annuitant prior to the i4LIFE^® Advantage election.

If i4LIFE^® Advantage is selected, the applicable transfer provisions among Subaccounts and the fixed account will continue to be those specified in your annuity contract for transfers on or before the Annuity Commencement Date. However, once i4LIFE^® Advantage begins, any automatic withdrawal service will terminate. See The Contracts – Transfers on or Before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Additional Purchase Payments may be made during the Access Period for an IRA annuity contract, unless a Guaranteed Income Benefit has been elected. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit option has been elected on an IRA contract, additional Purchase Payments may be made until the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated. Additional Purchase Payments will not be accepted after the Periodic Income Commencement Date for a nonqualified annuity contract.

Availability. i4LIFE^® Advantage is available for contracts with a Contract Value of at least $50,000 and may be elected at the time of application or at any time before any other Annuity Payout option under this contract is elected by sending a completed i4LIFE^® Advantage election form to our Home Office. You may elect any available version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit when you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage or during the Access Period, if still available for election, subject to terms and conditions at that time. You may choose not to purchase the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage by indicating that you do not want

Table of Contents

the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit on the election form at the time that you purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage. Additionally, certain Living Benefit Riders allow a transition from that rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below. If you intend to use the Income Base or the Guaranteed Amount from a previously elected Living Benefit Rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you must elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage.

i4LIFE^® and the Guaranteed Income Benefit are available on nonqualified annuities, IRAs and Roth IRAs (check with the Home Office or your financial professional regarding availability with SEP market). i4LIFE^® Advantage for IRA contracts is only available if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, are age 59½ or older at the time the rider is elected. i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit must be elected by age 80 on IRA contracts or age 95 on nonqualified contracts. Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions.

Access Period. The Access Period begins on the Periodic Income Commencement Date and is a defined period of time during which we pay variable, periodic Regular Income Payments and provide a Death Benefit. During this period, you may surrender the contract and make withdrawals from your Account Value (defined below). The Lifetime Income Period begins immediately at the end of the Access Period, and the remaining Account Value is used to make Regular Income Payments for the rest of your life (or the Secondary Life if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer be able to make withdrawals or surrenders or receive a Death Benefit. If your Account Value is reduced to zero because of withdrawals or market loss, your Access Period ends.

The minimum and maximum Access Periods are established at the time you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage and/or the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The current Access Period requirements are outlined in the following chart:

	Minimum Access Period	Maximum Access Period
i4LIFE^® Advantage (without a Guaranteed Income Benefit)	5 years	The length of time between your age and age 115 for nonqualified contracts; age 100 for qualified contracts
Select Guaranteed Income Benefit Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 90	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts

The minimum Access Period requirements may vary if you transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit from another rider. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below.

Generally, shorter Access Periods will produce a higher initial Regular Income Payment than longer Access Periods. At any time during the Access Period, you may extend or shorten the length of the Access Period subject to Home Office approval. Additional restrictions may apply if you are under age 59½ when you request a change to the Access Period. Currently, if you extend the Access Period, it must be extended at least 5 years. If you change the Access Period, subsequent Regular Income Payments will be adjusted accordingly, and the Account Value remaining at the end of the new Access Period will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life. If you lengthen the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will not be impacted. If you shorten the Access Period, the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate. Currently, changes to the Access Period can only be made on Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversaries.

Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. We may reduce or terminate the Access Period for IRA i4LIFE^® Advantage contracts in order to keep the Regular Income Payments in compliance with IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. If we lower the Access Period to comply with IRC provisions, there is no impact to the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Account Value. The initial Account Value is the Contract Value on the Valuation Date i4LIFE^® Advantage is effective (or your initial Purchase Payment if i4LIFE^® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date will equal the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments made as well as any withdrawals taken. You will have access to your Account Value during the Access Period. After the Access Period ends, the remaining Account Value will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life and the Account Value will be reduced to zero.

Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. i4LIFE^® Advantage provides for variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for as long as an Annuitant (or Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you will make several choices that will impact the amount of your Regular Income Payments:

•	the date you will receive the initial Regular Income Payment;
•	the frequency of the payments (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually);
•	the frequency the payment is recalculated;

Table of Contents

•	the assumed investment return (AIR); and
•	the date the Access Period ends and the Lifetime Income Period begins.

Some of the choices will not be available if you elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

If you do not choose a payment frequency, the default is a monthly payment frequency. In most states, you may also elect to have Regular Income Payments from nonqualified contracts recalculated only once each year rather than recalculated at the time of each payment. This results in level Regular Income Payments between recalculation dates. Qualified contracts are only recalculated once per year, at the first Regular Income Payment of each calendar year.

AIR rates of 3%, 4%, 5%, or 6% may be available for Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage. Certain states limit the availability of 5% or 6% AIR. See your financial professional for availability. The higher the AIR you choose, the higher your initial Regular Income Payment will be and the higher the return must be to increase subsequent Regular Income Payments. A 3% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments under Select Guaranteed Income Benefit; a 4% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments under all other versions of Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Regular Income Payments must begin within one year of the date you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage and will continue until the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, or surrender.

For information regarding income tax consequences of Regular Income Payments, see Federal Tax Matters.

The initial Regular Income Payment is calculated from the Account Value on a date no more than 14 days prior to the date you select to begin receiving the Regular Income Payments. This calculation date is called the Periodic Income Commencement Date, and is the same date the Access Period begins. The amount of the initial Regular Income Payment is determined by dividing the Contract Value (or Purchase Payment if elected at contract issue), less applicable premium taxes by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor. The annuity factor is based upon:

•	the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable;
•	the length of the Access Period selected;
•	the frequency of the payments;
•	the AIR selected; and
•	the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.

The annuity factor used to determine the Regular Income Payments reflects the fact that, during the Access Period, you have the ability to withdraw the entire Account Value and that a Death Benefit of the entire Account Value will be paid to your Beneficiary upon your death. These benefits during the Access Period result in a slightly lower Regular Income Payment, during both the Access Period and the Lifetime Income Period, than would be payable if this access was not permitted and no lump-sum Death Benefit of the full Account Value was payable. (The Contractowner must elect an Access Period of no less than the minimum Access Period which is currently set at 5 years.) The annuity factor also reflects the requirement that there be sufficient Account Value at the end of the Access Period to continue your Regular Income Payments for the remainder of your life (and/or the Secondary Life if applicable), during the Lifetime Income Period, with no further access or Death Benefit.

The Account Value will vary with the actual net investment return of the Subaccounts selected and the interest credited on the fixed account, which then determines the subsequent Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. Each subsequent Regular Income Payment (unless the levelized option is selected) is determined by dividing the Account Value on the applicable Valuation Date by 1,000 and multiplying this result by an annuity factor revised to reflect the declining length of the Access Period. As a result of this calculation, the actual net returns in the Account Value are measured against the AIR to determine subsequent Regular Income Payments. If the actual net investment return (annualized) for the contract exceeds the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will increase at a rate approximately equal to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual net investment return for the contract is less than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will decrease. For example, if net investment return is 3% higher (annualized) than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment for the next year will increase by approximately 3%. Conversely, if actual net investment return is 3% lower than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will decrease by approximately 3%.

Withdrawals made during the Access Period will also reduce the Account Value that is available for Regular Income Payments, and subsequent Regular Income Payments will be recalculated and could be increased or reduced, based on the Account Value following the withdrawal.

For a joint life option, if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life dies during the Access Period, Regular Income Payments will be recalculated using a revised annuity factor based on the single surviving life, if doing so provides a higher Regular Income Payment. On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.

For nonqualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit (if any) will terminate and the annuity factor will be revised for a non-life contingent Regular Income Payment and Regular Income Payments will continue until the Account Value is fully paid out and the Access Period ends. For qualified contracts, if

Table of Contents

the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage (and any Guaranteed Income Benefit if applicable) will terminate.

Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. The Lifetime Income Period begins at the end of the Access Period if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life is living. Your earlier elections regarding the frequency of Regular Income Payments, AIR and the frequency of the recalculation do not change. The initial Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period is determined by dividing the Account Value on the last Valuation Date of the Access Period by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor revised to reflect that the Access Period has ended. The annuity factor is based upon:

•	the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life (if living);
•	the frequency of the Regular Income Payments;
•	the AIR selected; and
•	the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.

The impact of the length of the Access Period and any withdrawals made during the Access Period will continue to be reflected in the Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. To determine subsequent Regular Income Payments, the contract is credited with a fixed number of Annuity Units equal to the initial Regular Income Payment (during the Lifetime Income Period) divided by the Annuity Unit value (by Subaccount). Subsequent Regular Income Payments are determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units per Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value. Your Regular Income Payments will vary based on the value of your Annuity Units. If your Regular Income Payments are adjusted on an annual basis, the total of the annual payment is transferred to Lincoln Life's general account to be paid out based on the payment mode you selected. Your payment(s) will not be affected by market performance during that year. Your Regular Income Payment(s) for the following year will be recalculated at the beginning of the following year based on the current value of the Annuity Units.

Regular Income Payments will continue for as long as the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, is living, and will continue to be adjusted for investment performance of the Subaccounts your Annuity Units are invested in (and the fixed account if applicable). Regular Income Payments vary with investment performance.

During the Lifetime Income Period, there is no longer an Account Value; therefore, no withdrawals are available and no Death Benefit is payable. In addition, transfers are not allowed from a fixed annuity payment to a variable annuity payment.

Guaranteed Income Benefit

The Guaranteed Income Benefit is an optional benefit that is available for an additional charge. It provides that your Regular Income Payments will never be less than a minimum payout floor, regardless of the actual investment performance of your contract. Two versions of i4LIFE^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit are currently available – i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit and i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk).

If you purchase any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for more information. You will be subject to those Investment Requirements for the entire time you own the rider. Failure to comply with the Investment Requirements will result in the termination of the rider.

There is no guarantee that any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be available to elect in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue this option at any time. In addition, we may make different versions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit available to new purchasers or may create different versions for use with various Living Benefit Riders. However, certain Living Benefit Riders may guarantee a Contractowner the right to transition from that rider to a version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit that may no longer be offered.

In certain states the total annual Guaranteed Income Benefit that would otherwise be payable may be subject to a maximum amount. Please refer to your contract or contact your registered representative for more information.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Amount. The Guaranteed Income Benefit will be calculated by the greater of A and B:

A.	the Account Value immediately prior to electing Guaranteed Income Benefit or, if transitioning from a Prior Rider,
B.	the Income Base under the Prior Rider reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up (or inception date) if no step-ups have occurred.

The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of the above, based on your age (or the younger life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

The following is an example of how the Guaranteed Amount or the Income Base from another Living Benefit Rider may be used to calculate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. The example assumes that a 4.5% Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage is used to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Table of Contents

Account Value (equals Contract Value on date i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected)	$100,000
Income Base on date i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected:	$140,000
Initial Regular Income Payment	$5,411
Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4.5% x $140,000 Income Base which is greater than $100,000 Account Value)	$6,300

Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages and Age-Bands. The specific percentages and applicable age-bands for calculating the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit are discussed below.

The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the percentages may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. This percentage structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior percentages, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages will not change as a result.

Select Guaranteed Income Benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages applicable to new rider elections, including transitions from a Prior Rider, are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage, its effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a contract to be issued with that percentage. The percentages may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the percentages on the previous Rate Sheet.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet at least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period. Your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet in order to get the percentage indicated in a Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-800-942-5500. Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

General Provisions. If the amount of your i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment has fallen below the Guaranteed Income Benefit, because of poor investment results, a payment equal to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is the minimum payment you will receive. If the market performance in your contract is sufficient to provide Regular Income Payments at a level that exceeds the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Guaranteed Income Benefit will never come into effect. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit is paid, it will be paid with the same frequency as your Regular Income Payment. If your Regular Income Payment is less than the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will reduce the Account Value by the Regular Income Payment plus an additional amount equal to the difference between your Regular Income Payment and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (in other words, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments reduce the Account Value by the entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment). (Regular Income Payments also reduce the Account Value). This payment will be made from the variable Subaccounts and the fixed account proportionately, according to your investment allocations.

If your Account Value reaches zero as a result of payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will continue to pay you an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. If your Account Value reaches zero, your Access Period will end and your Lifetime Income Period will begin. Additional amounts withdrawn from the Account Value to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit may terminate your Access Period earlier than originally scheduled, and will reduce your Death Benefit. If your Account Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits. After the Access Period ends, we will continue to pay the Guaranteed Income Benefit for as long as the Annuitant (or the Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.

The following example illustrates how poor investment performance, which results in a Guaranteed Income Benefit payment, affects the i4LIFE^® Account Value:

i4LIFE^® Account Value before market decline	$135,000
i4LIFE^® Account Value after market decline	$100,000
Guaranteed Income Benefit	$810
Regular Income Payment after market decline	$769
Account Value after market decline and Guaranteed Income Benefit payment	$99,190

The Contractowner receives an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted from the Account Value.

Table of Contents

Guaranteed Income Benefit Step-ups. The Guaranteed Income Benefit will automatically step up every year to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment, if that result is greater than the immediately prior Guaranteed Income Benefit. For nonqualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the first Valuation Date on or after each Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary starting on the first Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. For qualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the Valuation Date of the first periodic income payment of each calendar year. The first step-up is the Valuation Date of the first periodic income payment in the next calendar year following the Periodic Income Commencement Date.

The following example illustrates how the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated for a Contractowner with a nonqualified contract, and how a step-up would increase the Guaranteed Income Benefit in a subsequent year. The example assumes a 4% percentage was used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit, and that the Account Value has increased due to positive investment returns resulting in a higher recalculated Regular Income Payment. See Living Benefit Riders – i4LIFE^® Advantage – Regular Income Payments during the Access Period for a discussion of recalculation of the Regular Income Payment.

8/1/2016 Amount of initial Regular Income Payment	$4,801
8/1/2016 Account Value at election of Guaranteed Income Benefit	$100,000
8/1/2016 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% x $100,000 Account Value)	$4,000
8/1/2017 Recalculated Regular Income Payment	$6,000
8/1/2017 Guaranteed Income Benefit after step-up (75% of $6,000)	$4,500

The Guaranteed Income Benefit was increased to 75% of the recalculated Regular Income Payment.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions

Certain Living Benefit Riders (“Prior Rider”) allow you to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to…
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage 4LATER^® Select Advantage	Select Guaranteed Income Benefit
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)

The following discussion applies to all of these transitions.

If you have elected one of the Living Benefit Riders listed above, you are guaranteed the right to transition to the applicable version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit even if that version is no longer available for purchase. You are also guaranteed that the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage and Access Period requirements will be at least as favorable as those in effect at the time you purchased your Prior Rider.

Your decision to transition to the Guaranteed Income Benefit must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and by the maximum age to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, which is age 95 for nonqualified contracts and age 80 for qualified contracts. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) who have waited until after the fifth Benefit Year anniversary may elect i4LIFE^® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) until age 99 for nonqualified contracts and age 85 for qualified contracts.

If you have the single life option under your Prior Rider, you must transition to the single life option under i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit; joint life option must transition to joint life option. The Access Period requirements may vary based on which Prior Rider you elected, and are specifically listed in the Guaranteed Income Benefit with i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus under Impacts to i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments.

For nonqualified contracts, the Contractowner must elect the levelized option for Regular Income Payments. While i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect, the Contractowner cannot change the payment mode elected or decrease the length of the Access Period

Different minimum Access Period requirements may apply if you use the greater of the Account Value or Income Base (less amounts paid since the last automatic step-up) under a Prior Rider to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit as set forth below:

Table of Contents

Minimum Access Period
	Elections of i4LIFE^® Advantage prior to the 5^th Benefit Year anniversary	Elections of i4LIFE^® Advantage on and after the 5^th Benefit Year anniversary
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 90	Longer of 15 years or the difference between your age and age 85

When deciding whether to transition from your Prior Rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you should consider that depending on your age (and the age of your spouse under the joint life option) and the selected length of the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage may provide a higher payout than the Guaranteed Annual Income amounts from your Prior Rider. You should consider electing i4LIFE^® Advantage when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE^® Advantage payments, whereas with your Prior Rider, you may defer taking withdrawals until a later date. Payments from a nonqualified contract that a person receives under the i4LIFE^® Advantage rider are treated as “amounts received as an annuity” under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code because the payments occur after the annuity starting date. These payments are subject to an “exclusion ratio” as provided in section 72(b) of the Code, which means a portion of each Annuity Payout is treated as income (taxable at ordinary income rates), and the remainder is treated as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments. In contrast, withdrawals under your Prior rider are not treated as amounts received as an annuity because they occur prior to the annuity starting date. As a result, such withdrawals are treated first as a return of any existing gain in the contract (which is the measure of the extent to which the Contract Value exceeds Purchase Payments), and then as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, the Death Benefit option that you previously elected will become the Death Benefit election under i4LIFE^® Advantage, unless you elect a less expensive Death Benefit option. Existing Contractowners with the Account Value Death Benefit, who elect i4LIFE^® Advantage must choose the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The amount paid under the new Death Benefit may be less than the amount that would have been paid under the Death Benefit provided before i4LIFE^® Advantage began(if premium taxes have been deducted from the Contract Value).

i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period, but is only available if the Contract Value Death Benefit was in effect prior to the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage, and is equal to the Account Value as of the Valuation Date on which we approve the payment of the death claim. You may not change this Death Benefit once it is elected.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period and is equal to the greater of:

•	the Account Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.

References to Purchase Payments and withdrawals include Purchase Payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage if your contract was in force with the Guarantee of Principal or Highest Anniversary Death Benefit prior to that election.

In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a proportionate withdrawal on your Death Benefit:

Table of Contents

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	$200,000
Regular Income Payment	$25,000
Account Value at the time of additional withdrawal	$150,000
Additional withdrawal	$15,000	($15,000/$150,000=10% withdrawal)

Death Benefit Value after Regular Income Payment = $200,000 - $25,000 = $175,000
Reduction in Death Benefit value for withdrawal = $175,000 x 10% = $17,500
Death Benefit Value after additional withdrawal = $175,000 - $17,500 = $157,500

The Regular Income Payment reduced the Death Benefit by $25,000 and the additional withdrawal caused a 10% reduction in the Death Benefit, the same percentage that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value. You may not change this Death Benefit once it is elected.

Highest Anniversary Death Benefit. The Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period and is the greatest of:

•	the Account Value as of the Valuation Date on which we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.

References to Purchase Payments and withdrawals include Purchase Payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage; or

•

the highest Account Value or Contract Value on any contract anniversary date (including the inception date of the contract) after the Highest Anniversary Death Benefit is effective (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the oldest Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant for which a Death Benefit is payable and prior to the date of death. The highest Account Value or Contract Value is increased by Purchase Payments and is decreased by Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefits and all other withdrawals subsequent to the anniversary date on which the highest Account Value or Contract Value is obtained.

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.

When determining the highest anniversary value, we will look at the Contract Value before i4LIFE^® Advantage and the Account Value after the i4LIFE^® Advantage election to determine the highest anniversary value.

In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.

General Death Benefit Provisions. These Death Benefit options, are only available during the Access Period and will terminate when the Account Value equals zero, because the Access Period terminates.

If there is a change in the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant during the life of the contract, for any reason other than death, the only Death Benefit payable for the new person will be the Account Value. On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.

For nonqualified contracts, upon the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, the Contractowner (or Beneficiary) may elect to terminate the contract and receive full payment of the Death Benefit or may elect to continue the contract and receive Regular Income Payments. Upon the death of the Secondary Life, who is not also an owner, only the surrender value is paid.

If you are the owner of an IRA annuity contract, and there is no Secondary Life, and you die during the Access Period, the i4LIFE^® Advantage will terminate. A spouse Beneficiary may start a new i4LIFE^® Advantage program.

If a death occurs during the Access Period, the value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of all the following:

1.	proof (e.g. an original certified death certificate), or any other proof of death satisfactory to us; and

Table of Contents

2.	written authorization for payment; and
3.	all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).

Upon notification to us of the death, Regular Income Payments may be suspended until the death claim is approved by us. Upon approval, a lump sum payment for the value of any suspended payments will be made as of the date the death claim is approved, and Regular Income Payments will continue, if applicable. The excess, if any, of the Death Benefit over the Account Value will be credited into the contract at that time.

If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Withdrawals. You may request a withdrawal at any time prior to or during the Access Period. We reduce the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal, and all subsequent Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, if applicable, will be recalculated. The Guaranteed Income Benefit is reduced proportionately. Withdrawals may have tax consequences. See Federal Tax Matters.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Regular Income Payments and the Guaranteed Income Benefit payments:

i4LIFE^® Regular Income Payment before additional withdrawal	$1,200
Guaranteed Income Benefit before additional withdrawal	$900
Account Value at time of additional withdrawal	$150,000
Additional withdrawal	$15,000	(a 10% withdrawal)

Reduction in Guaranteed Income Benefit for additional withdrawal = $900 x 10% = $90
Guaranteed Income Benefit after additional withdrawal = $900 - $90 = $810

Surrender. At any time prior to or during the Access Period, you may surrender the contract by withdrawing the surrender value. If the contract is surrendered, the contract terminates and no further Regular Income Payments will be made.

Termination. You may terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage prior to the end of the Access Period by notifying us in writing. The termination will be effective on the next Valuation Date after we receive the notice.

For IRA annuity contracts, upon termination, the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will end and the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the Death Benefit you have elected will resume. Your Contract Value upon termination will be equal to the Account Value on the Valuation Date we terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage.

For nonqualified contracts, you may not terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage once you have elected it.

The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate due to any of the following events:

•	the death of the Annuitant (or the later of the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life if a joint payout was elected); or
•	a Contractowner requested a decrease in the Access Period or a change to the Regular Income Payment frequency; or
•	upon written notice from the Contractowner to us; or
•	assignment of the contract; or
•	failure to comply with Investment Requirements.

A termination due to a decrease in the Access Period, a change in the Regular Income Payment frequency, or upon written notice from the Contractowner will be effective as of the Valuation Date on the next Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. Termination will be only for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit and not the i4LIFE^® Advantage election, unless otherwise specified. However, if you used the greater of the Account Value or Income Base under a previously held Living Benefit Rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, any termination of the Guaranteed Income Benefit will also result in a termination of the i4LIFE^® Advantage election. If you terminate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit you may be able to re-elect it, if available, after one year. The election will be treated as a new purchase, subject to the terms and charges in effect at the time of election and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment will be recalculated. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be based on the Account Value at the time of the election.

Table of Contents

Annuity Payouts

When you apply for a contract, you may select any Annuity Commencement Date permitted by law, which is usually on or before the Annuitant's 99^th birthday. Your financial professional may recommend that you annuitize at an earlier age. As an alternative, Contractowners with Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage may elect to annuitize their Income Base under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option.

The contract provides optional forms of payouts of annuities (annuity options), each of which is payable on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both as you specify. The contract provides that all or part of the Contract Value may be used to purchase an Annuity Payout option.

You may elect Annuity Payouts in monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments. If the payouts from any Subaccount would be or become less than $50, we have the right to reduce their frequency until the payouts are at least $50 each. Following are explanations of the annuity options available.

Annuity Options

The annuity options outlined below do not apply to Contractowners who have elected i4LIFE^® Advantage or any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, or the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option.

Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the Annuitant and ends with the last payout before the death of the Annuitant. This option offers the highest periodic payout since there is no guarantee of a minimum number of payouts or provision for a Death Benefit for Beneficiaries. However, there is the risk under this option that the recipient would receive no payouts if the Annuitant dies before the date set for the first payout; only one payout if death occurs before the second scheduled payout, and so on. The Annuitant must be under age 81 to elect this option.

Life Annuity with Payouts Guaranteed for Designated Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and then continues throughout the lifetime of the Annuitant. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.

Joint Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. However, under a joint life annuity, if both Annuitants die before the date set for the first payout, no payouts will be made. Only one payment would be made if both deaths occur before the second scheduled payout, and so on.

Joint Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and continues during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.

Joint Life and Two Thirds to Survivor Annuity. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive.

Joint Life and Two-Thirds Survivor Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two-thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive. This option further provides that should one or both of the Annuitants die during the elected guaranteed period, usually 10 or 20 years, full benefit payment will continue for the rest of the guaranteed period.

Unit Refund Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death a payout will be made of the value of the number of Annuity Units (see Variable Annuity Payouts) equal to the excess, if any, of:

•	the total amount applied under this option divided by the Annuity Unit value for the date payouts begin, minus
•	the Annuity Units represented by each payout to the Annuitant multiplied by the number of payouts paid before death.

The value of the number of Annuity Units is computed on the date the death claim is approved for payment by the Home Office.

Life Annuity with Cash Refund. Fixed annuity benefit payments that will be made for the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death, should (a) the total dollar amount applied to purchase this option be greater than (b) the fixed annuity benefit payment multiplied by the number of annuity benefit payments paid prior to death, then a refund payment equal to the dollar amount of (a) minus (b) will be made.

Under the annuity options listed above, you may not make withdrawals. Other options, with or without withdrawal features, may be made available by us. You may pre-select an Annuity Payout option as a method of paying the Death Benefit to a Beneficiary. If you do, the Beneficiary cannot change this payout option. You may change or revoke in writing to our Home Office, any such selection, unless such selection was made irrevocable. If you have not already chosen an Annuity Payout option, the Beneficiary may choose any Annuity Payout option. At death, options are only available to the extent they are consistent with the requirements of the contract as well as Sections 72(s) and 401(a)(9) of the tax code, if applicable.

Table of Contents

General Information

Any previously selected Death Benefit in effect before the Annuity Commencement Date will no longer be available on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date, change the annuity option or change the allocation of the investment among Subaccounts up to 30 days before the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date, upon written notice to the Home Office. You must give us at least 30 days’ notice before the date on which you want payouts to begin. We may require proof of age, sex, or survival of any payee upon whose age, sex, or survival payments depend.

Unless you select another option, the contract automatically provides for a life annuity with Annuity Payouts guaranteed for 10 years (on a fixed, variable or combination fixed and variable basis, in proportion to the account allocations at the time of annuitization) except when a joint life payout is required by law. Under any option providing for guaranteed period payouts, the number of payouts which remain unpaid at the date of the Annuitant’s death (or surviving Annuitant’s death in case of joint life Annuity) will be paid to you or your Beneficiary as payouts become due after we are in receipt of:

•	proof, satisfactory to us, of the death;
•	written authorization for payment; and
•	all claim forms, fully completed.

Variable Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined using:

•	the Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date, less applicable premium taxes;
•	the annuity tables contained in the contract;
•	the annuity option selected; and
•	the investment performance of the fund(s) selected.

To determine the amount of payouts, we make this calculation:

1.	Determine the dollar amount of the first periodic payout; then
2.	Credit the contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units equal to the first periodic payout divided by the Annuity Unit value; and
3.	Calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.

Annuity Payouts assume an investment return of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per year, as applied to the applicable mortality table. Some of these assumed interest rates may not be available in your state; therefore, please contact the Home Office or your financial professional. You may choose your assumed interest rate at the time you elect a variable Annuity Payout on the administrative form provided by us. The higher the assumed interest rate you choose, the higher your initial annuity payment will be. The amount of each payout after the initial payout will depend upon how the underlying fund(s) perform, relative to the assumed rate. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed rate, the payment will increase at a rate proportional to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed rate, annuity payments will decrease. The higher the assumed interest rate, the less likely future annuity payments are to increase, or the payments will increase more slowly than if a lower assumed rate was used. There is a more complete explanation of this calculation in the SAI.

Fixed Side of the Contract

You may allocate Purchase Payments to the fixed side of the contract, if available. Allocations made to the fixed side of the contract are added to your Contract Value. Certain charges related to the contract and the charges for the Living Benefit Riders are deducted from your Contract Value. Therefore, a portion of those charges may be deducted from the fixed account. See the Charges and Other Deductions section of this prospectus for more information. Since amounts in the fixed account make up part of your Contract Value, those amounts may be used to calculate benefits under the Living Benefit Riders. See the Living Benefit Riders section in this prospectus for more information.

Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the fixed side of the contract become part of our general account, and do not participate in the investment experience of the VAA. The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the Indiana Department of Insurance as well as the insurance laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the contracts are distributed.

In reliance on certain exemptions, exclusions and rules, we have not registered interests in the general account as a security under the Securities Act of 1933 and have not registered the general account as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, neither the general account nor any interests in it are regulated under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. These disclosures, however, may be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses. This prospectus is generally intended to serve as a disclosure document only for aspects of the contract involving the VAA, and therefore contains only selected information regarding the fixed side of the contract. Complete details regarding the fixed side of the contract are in the contract.

Table of Contents

We guarantee an annual effective interest rate of not less than 1.50% per year on amounts held in a fixed account.

ANY INTEREST IN EXCESS OF 1.50% (OR THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM INTEREST RATE STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT) WILL BE DECLARED IN ADVANCE AT OUR SOLE DISCRETION. CONTRACTOWNERS BEAR THE RISK THAT NO INTEREST IN EXCESS OF THE MINIMUM INTEREST RATE WILL BE DECLARED.

Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting Purchase Payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. At this time, the fixed account is available for dollar cost averaging only. Please contact your financial professional for further information.

Small Contract Surrenders

We may surrender your contract, in accordance with the laws of your state if:

•	your Contract Value drops below certain state specified minimum amounts ($1,000 or less) for any reason, including if your Contract Value decreases due to the performance of the Subaccounts you selected;
•	no Purchase Payments have been received for two (2) full, consecutive Contract Years; and
•	the annuity benefit at the Annuity Commencement Date would be less than $20.00 per month (these requirements may differ in some states).

At least 60 days before we surrender your contract, we will send you a letter at your last address we have on file, to inform you that your contract will be surrendered. You will have the opportunity to make additional Purchase Payments to bring your Contract Value above the minimum level to avoid surrender. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit Riders.

Delay of Payments

Contract proceeds from the VAA will be paid within seven days, except:

•	when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends and holidays);
•	times when market trading is restricted or the SEC declares an emergency, and we cannot value units or the funds cannot redeem shares; or
•	when the SEC so orders to protect Contractowners.

If, pursuant to SEC rules, an underlying money market fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, loan, or Death Benefit from the money market sub-account until the fund is liquidated. Payment of contract proceeds from the fixed account may be delayed for up to six months.

Due to federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering by criminals, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment and/or deny payment of a request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or Death Benefits, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about a Contractowner's account to government regulators.

Reinvestment Privilege

You may elect to make a reinvestment purchase with any part of the proceeds of a surrender/withdrawal and we will recredit that portion of the surrender/withdrawal charges attributable to the amount returned.

This election must be made by your written authorization to us on an approved Lincoln reinvestment form and received in our Home Office within 30 days of the date of the surrender/withdrawal, and the repurchase must be of a contract covered by this prospectus. In the case of a qualified retirement plan, a representation must be made that the proceeds being used to make the purchase have retained their tax-favored status under an arrangement for which the contracts offered by this prospectus are designed. The number of Accumulation Units which will be credited when the proceeds are reinvested will be based on the value of the Accumulation Unit(s) on the next Valuation Date. This computation will occur following receipt of the proceeds and request for reinvestment at the Home Office. You may utilize the reinvestment privilege only once. For tax reporting purposes, we will treat a surrender/withdrawal and a subsequent reinvestment purchase as separate transactions (and a Form 1099 may be issued, if applicable). Any taxable distribution that is reinvested may still be reported as taxable. You should consult a tax advisor before you request a surrender/withdrawal or subsequent reinvestment purchase.

Amendment of Contract

We reserve the right to amend the contract to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act or other applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers. Any changes are subject to prior approval of your state’s insurance department (if required).

Table of Contents

Distribution of the Contracts

Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) serves as Principal Underwriter of this contract. LFD is affiliated with Lincoln Life and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of FINRA. The Principal Underwriter has entered into selling agreements with Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation and/or Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation (collectively “LFN”), also affiliates of ours. The Principal Underwriter has also entered into selling agreements with broker-dealers that are unaffiliated with us (“Selling Firms”). While the Principal Underwriter has the legal authority to make payments to broker-dealers which have entered into selling agreements, we will make such payments on behalf of the Principal Underwriter in compliance with appropriate regulations. We also pay on behalf of LFD certain of its operating expenses related to the distribution of this and other of our contracts. The Principal Underwriter may also offer “non-cash compensation”, as defined under FINRA’s rules, which includes among other things, merchandise, gifts, marketing support, sponsorships, seminars, entertainment and travel expenses. You may ask your registered representative how he/she will personally be compensated, in whole or in part, for the sale of the contract to you or for any alternative proposal that may have been presented to you. You may wish to take such compensation payments into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation made to you in connection with the purchase of a contract. The following paragraphs describe how payments are made by us and the Principal Underwriter to various parties.

Compensation Paid to LFN. No commissions are paid in connection with the sale of this contract. However, Lincoln Life pays for the operating and other expenses of LFN, including the following sales expenses: registered representative training allowances; compensation and bonuses for LFN's management team; advertising expenses; and all other expenses of distributing the contracts. LFN registered representatives and their managers are also eligible for various cash benefits, such as bonuses, insurance benefits and financing arrangements. In addition, LFN registered representatives who meet certain productivity, persistency and length of service standards and/or their managers may be eligible for additional compensation. Sales of the contracts may help LFN registered representatives and/or their managers qualify for such benefits. LFN registered representatives and their managers may receive other payments from us for services that do not directly involve the sale of the contracts, including payments made for the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature and similar services.

Compensation Paid to Unaffiliated Selling Firms. No commissions are paid in connection with the sale of this contract. LFD also acts as wholesaler of the contracts and performs certain marketing and other functions in support of the distribution and servicing of the contracts. LFD may pay certain Selling Firms or their affiliates additional amounts for, among other things: (1) “preferred product” treatment of the contracts in their marketing programs, which may include marketing services and increased access to registered representatives; (2) sales promotions relating to the contracts; (3) costs associated with sales conferences and educational seminars for their registered representatives; (4) other sales expenses incurred by them; and (5) inclusion in the financial products the Selling Firm offers.

Lincoln Life may provide loans to broker-dealers or their affiliates to help finance marketing and distribution of the contracts, and those loans may be forgiven if aggregate sales goals are met. In addition, we may provide staffing or other administrative support and services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts. LFD, as wholesaler, may make bonus payments to certain Selling Firms based on aggregate sales of our variable insurance contracts (including the contracts) or persistency standards.

These additional types of compensation are not offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of any particular agreement governing compensation may vary among Selling Firms and the amounts may be significant. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation may provide Selling Firms and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to favor sales of the contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Firm does not receive additional compensation, or lower levels of additional compensation. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the contracts. Additional information relating to compensation paid in 2017 is contained in the SAI.

Compensation Paid to Other Parties. Depending on the particular selling arrangements, there may be others whom LFD compensates for the distribution activities. For example, LFD may compensate certain “wholesalers”, who control access to certain selling offices, for access to those offices or for referrals, and that compensation may be separate from the compensation paid for sales of the contracts. LFD may compensate marketing organizations, associations, brokers or consultants which provide marketing assistance and other services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts, and which may be affiliated with those broker-dealers. Other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to Contractowners or the VAA. All compensation is paid from our resources, which include fees and charges imposed on your contract.

Contractowner Questions

The obligations to purchasers under the contracts are those of Lincoln Life. This prospectus provides a general description of the material features of the contract. Contracts, endorsements and riders may vary as required by state law. Questions about your contract should be directed to us at 1-800-942-5500.

Table of Contents

Federal Tax Matters

Introduction

The Federal income tax treatment of the contract is complex and sometimes uncertain. The Federal income tax rules may vary with your particular circumstances. This discussion does not include all the Federal income tax rules that may affect you and your contract. This discussion also does not address other Federal tax consequences (including consequences of sales to foreign individuals or entities), or state or local tax consequences, associated with the contract. As a result, you should always consult a tax advisor about the application of tax rules found in the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations and applicable IRS guidance to your individual situation.

Nonqualified Annuities

This part of the discussion describes some of the Federal income tax rules applicable to nonqualified annuities. A nonqualified annuity is a contract not issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, such as an IRA or a section 403(b) plan, receiving special tax treatment under the Code. We may not offer nonqualified annuities for all of our annuity products.

Tax Deferral On Earnings

Under the Code, you are generally not subject to tax on any increase in your Contract Value until you receive a contract distribution. However, for this general rule to apply, certain requirements must be satisfied:

•	An individual must own the contract (or the Code must treat the contract as owned by an individual).
•	The investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified” in accordance with Treasury regulations.
•	Your right to choose particular investments for a contract must be limited.
•	The Annuity Commencement Date must not occur near the end of the Annuitant’s life expectancy.

Contracts Not Owned By An Individual

If a contract is owned by an entity (rather than an individual) the Code generally does not treat it as an annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes. This means that the entity owning the contract pays tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the Purchase Payments for the contract. Examples of contracts where the owner pays current tax on the contract’s earnings, if applicable, are contracts issued to a corporation or a trust. Some exceptions to the rule are:

•	Contracts in which the named owner is a trust or other entity that holds the contract as an agent for an individual; however, this exception does not apply in the case of any employer that owns a contract to provide deferred compensation for its employees;
•	Immediate annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the Annuity Payout period;
•	Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent;
•	Certain qualified contracts;
•	Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; and
•	Certain contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements.

Investments In The VAA Must Be Diversified

For a contract to be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes, the investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified.” Treasury regulations define standards for determining whether the investments of the VAA are adequately diversified. If the VAA fails to comply with these diversification standards, you could be required to pay tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the contract Purchase Payments. Although we do not control the investments of the underlying investment options, we expect that the underlying investment options will comply with the Treasury regulations so that the VAA will be considered “adequately diversified.”

Restrictions

The Code limits your right to choose particular investments for the contract. Because the IRS has issued little guidance specifying those limits, the limits are uncertain and your right to allocate Contract Values among the Subaccounts may exceed those limits. If so, you would be treated as the owner of the assets of the VAA and thus subject to current taxation on the income and gains, if applicable, from those assets. We do not know what limits may be set by the IRS in any guidance that it may issue and whether any such limits will apply to existing contracts. We reserve the right to modify the contract without your consent in an attempt to prevent you from being considered as the owner of the assets of the VAA for purposes of the Code.

Loss Of Interest Deduction

After June 8, 1997, if a contract is issued to a taxpayer that is not an individual, or if a contract is held for the benefit of an entity, the entity may lose a portion of its deduction for otherwise deductible interest expenses. However, this rule does not apply to a contract

Table of Contents

owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the life of one individual who is either (i) a 20% Owner of the entity, or (ii) an officer, director, or employee of the trade or business, at the time first covered by the contract. This rule also does not apply to a contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the joint lives of the 20% Owner or the entity and the Owner’s spouse at the time first covered by the contract.

Age At Which Annuity Payouts Begin

The Code does not expressly identify a particular age by which Annuity Payouts must begin. However, those rules do require that an annuity contract provide for amortization, through Annuity Payouts, of the contract’s Purchase Payments and earnings. As long as annuity payments begin or are scheduled to begin on a date on which the Annuitant’s remaining life expectancy is enough to allow for a sufficient Annuity Payout period, the contract should be treated as an annuity. If the annuity contract is not treated as an annuity, you would be currently taxed on the excess of the Contract Value over the Purchase Payments into the contract.

Tax Treatment Of Payments

We make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment of any contract or of any transaction involving a contract. However, the rest of this discussion assumes that your contract will be treated as an annuity under the Code and that any increase in your Contract Value will not be taxed until there is a distribution from your contract.

Taxation Of Withdrawals And Surrenders

You will pay tax on withdrawals to the extent your Contract Value exceeds your Purchase Payments in the contract. This income (and all other income from your contract) is considered ordinary income (and does not receive capital gains treatment and is not qualified dividend income). You will pay tax on a surrender to the extent the amount you receive exceeds your Purchase Payments. In certain circumstances, your Purchase Payments are reduced by amounts received from your contract that were not included in income. Surrender and reinstatement of your contract will generally be taxed as a withdrawal. If your contract has a Living Benefit Rider, and if the guaranteed amount under that rider immediately before a withdrawal exceeds your Contract Value, the Code may require that you include those additional amounts in your income. Please consult your tax advisor.

Taxation Of Annuity Payouts, including Regular Income Payments

The Code imposes tax on a portion of each Annuity Payout (at ordinary income tax rates) and treats a portion as a nontaxable return of your Purchase Payments in the contract. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount of your Annuity Payout. Once you have recovered the total amount of the Purchase Payment in the contract, you will pay tax on the full amount of your Annuity Payouts. If Annuity Payouts end because of the Annuitant’s death and before the total amount in the contract has been distributed, the amount not received will generally be deductible. If withdrawals, other than Regular Income Payments, are taken from i4LIFE^® Advantage during the Access Period, they are taxed subject to an exclusion ratio that is determined based on the amount of the payment.

Taxation Of Death Benefits

We may distribute amounts from your contract because of the death of a Contractowner or an Annuitant. The tax treatment of these amounts depends on whether the Contractowner or the Annuitant dies before or after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:

•	If the Beneficiary receives Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as Annuity Payouts.
•	If the Beneficiary does not receive Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as a withdrawal.

Death after the Annuity Commencement Date:

•	If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option following the death of a Contractowner who is not the Annuitant, they are excludible from income in the same manner as the Annuity Payout prior to the death of the Contractowner.
•	If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option following the death of the Annuitant (whether or not the Annuitant is also the Contractowner), the Death Benefits are excludible from income if they do not exceed the Purchase Payments not yet distributed from the contract. All Annuity Payouts in excess of the Purchase Payments not previously received are includible in income.
•	If Death Benefits are received in a lump sum, the Code imposes tax on the amount of Death Benefits which exceeds the amount of Purchase Payments not previously received.

Additional Taxes Payable On Withdrawals, Surrenders, Or Annuity Payouts

The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on any distribution from your contract which you must include in your gross income. The 10% additional tax does not apply if one of several exceptions exists. These exceptions include withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts that:

•	you receive on or after you reach 59½,

Table of Contents

•	you receive because you became disabled (as defined in the Code),
•	you receive from an immediate annuity,
•	a Beneficiary receives on or after your death, or
•	you receive as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on your life or life expectancy (non-natural owners holding as agent for an individual do not qualify).

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax, which affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual's “unearned income”, or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual's modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Unearned income includes the taxable portion of distributions that you take from your annuity contract. If you take a distribution from your contract that may be subject to the tax, we will include a Distribution Code “D” in Box 7 of the Form 1099-R issued to report the distribution. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.

Special Rules If You Own More Than One Annuity Contract

In certain circumstances, you must combine some or all of the nonqualified annuity contracts you own in order to determine the amount of an Annuity Payout, a surrender, or a withdrawal that you must include in income. For example, if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same life insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, the Code treats all such contracts as one contract. Treating two or more contracts as one contract could affect the amount of a surrender, a withdrawal or an Annuity Payout that you must include in income and the amount that might be subject to the additional tax described previously.

Loans and Assignments

Except for certain qualified contracts, the Code treats any amount received as a loan under your contract, and any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any portion of your Contract Value, as a withdrawal of such amount or portion.

Gifting A Contract

If you transfer ownership of your contract to a person other than to your spouse (or to your former spouse incident to divorce), and receive a payment less than your contract’s value, you will pay tax on your Contract Value to the extent it exceeds your Purchase Payments not previously received. The new owner’s Purchase Payments in the contract would then be increased to reflect the amount included in income.

Charges for Additional Benefits

Your contract automatically includes a basic Death Benefit and may include other optional riders. Certain enhancements to the basic Death Benefit may also be available to you. The cost of the basic Death Benefit and any additional benefit are deducted from your contract. It is possible that the tax law may treat all or a portion of the Death Benefit and other optional rider charges, if any, as a contract withdrawal.

Special Considerations for Same-Sex Spouses

In 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court held that same-sex spouses who are married under state law are treated as spouses for purposes of federal law. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the contract.

Qualified Retirement Plans

We have designed the contracts for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code. Contracts issued to or in connection with a qualified retirement plan are called “qualified contracts.” We issue contracts for use with various types of qualified retirement plans. The Federal income tax rules applicable to those plans are complex and varied. As a result, this prospectus does not attempt to provide more than general information about the use of the contract with the various types of qualified retirement plans. Persons planning to use the contract in connection with a qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a competent tax advisor.

Types of Qualified Contracts and Terms of Contracts

Qualified retirement plans may include the following:

•	Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities (“Traditional IRAs”)
•	Roth IRAs
•	Traditional IRA that is part of a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (“SEP”)
•	SIMPLE 401(k) plans (Savings Incentive Matched Plan for Employees)
•	401(a) / (k) plans (qualified corporate employee pension and profit-sharing plans)

Table of Contents

•	403(a) plans (qualified annuity plans)
•	403(b) plans (public school system and tax-exempt organization annuity plans)
•	H.R. 10 or Keogh Plans (self-employed individual plans)
•	457(b) plans (deferred compensation plans for state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations)

Our individual variable annuity products are not available for use with any of the foregoing qualified retirement plan accounts, with the exception of Traditional IRA, SEP IRA, and Roth IRA arrangements. We will amend contracts to be used with a qualified retirement plan as generally necessary to conform to the Code’s requirements for the type of plan. However, the rights of a person to any qualified retirement plan benefits may be subject to the plan’s terms and conditions, regardless of the contract’s terms and conditions. In addition, we are not bound by the terms and conditions of qualified retirement plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the contract, unless we consent.

Tax Treatment of Qualified Contracts

The Federal income tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans and qualified contracts vary with the type of plan and contract. For example:

•	Federal tax rules limit the amount of Purchase Payments that can be made, and the tax deduction or exclusion that may be allowed for the Purchase Payments. These limits vary depending on the type of qualified retirement plan and the participant’s specific circumstances (e.g., the participant’s compensation).
•	Minimum annual distributions are required under some qualified retirement plans once you reach age 70½ or retire, if later as described below.
•	Loans are allowed under certain types of qualified retirement plans, but Federal income tax rules prohibit loans under other types of qualified retirement plans. For example, Federal income tax rules permit loans under some section 403(b) plans, but prohibit loans under Traditional and Roth IRAs. If allowed, loans are subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the loan amount, the loan’s duration, the rate of interest, and the manner of repayment. Your contract or plan may not permit loans.

Please note that qualified retirement plans such as 403(b) plans, 401(k) plans and IRAs generally defer taxation of contributions and earnings until distribution. As such, an annuity does not provide any additional tax deferral benefit beyond the qualified retirement plan itself.

Tax Treatment of Payments

The Federal income tax rules generally include distributions from a qualified contract in the participant’s income as ordinary income. These taxable distributions will include Purchase Payments that were deductible or excludible from income. Thus, under many qualified contracts, the total amount received is included in income since a deduction or exclusion from income was taken for Purchase Payments. There are exceptions. For example, you do not include amounts received from a Roth IRA in income if certain conditions are satisfied.

Required Minimum Distributions

Under most qualified plans, you must begin receiving payments from the contract in certain minimum amounts by April 1 of the year following the year you attain age 70½ or retire, if later. You are required to take distributions from your traditional IRAs by April 1 of the year following the year you reach age 70½. If you own a Roth IRA, you are not required to receive minimum distributions from your Roth IRA during your life.

Failure to comply with the minimum distribution rules applicable to certain qualified plans, such as Traditional IRAs, will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax equals 50% of the amount by which a required minimum distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the qualified plan.

Treasury regulations applicable to required minimum distributions include a rule that may impact the distribution method you have chosen and the amount of your distributions. Under these regulations, the presence of an enhanced Death Benefit, or other benefit which could provide additional value to your contract, may require you to take additional distributions. An enhanced Death Benefit is any Death Benefit that has the potential to pay more than the Contract Value or a return of Purchase Payments. Annuity contracts inside Custodial or Trusteed IRAs will also be subject to these regulations. Please contact your tax advisor regarding any tax ramifications.

Additional Tax on Early Distributions from Qualified Retirement Plans

The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on an early distribution from a qualified contract that must be included in income. The Code does not impose the additional tax if one of several exceptions applies. The exceptions vary depending on the type of qualified contract you purchase. For example, in the case of an IRA, the 10% additional tax will not apply to any of the following withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts:

•	Distribution received on or after the Annuitant reaches 59½,
•	Distribution received on or after the Annuitant’s death or because of the Annuitant’s disability (as defined in the Code),

Table of Contents

•	Distribution received as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on the Annuitant’s life (or life expectancy), or
•	Distribution received as reimbursement for certain amounts paid for medical care.

These exceptions, as well as certain others not described here, generally apply to taxable distributions from other qualified retirement plans. However, the specific requirements of the exception may vary.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual’s “unearned income”, or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Distributions that you take from your contract are not included in the calculation of unearned income because your contract is a qualified plan contract. However, the amount of any such distribution is included in determining whether you exceed the modified adjusted gross income threshold. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.

Transfers and Direct Rollovers

As a result of Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), you may be able to move funds between different types of qualified plans, such as 403(b) and 457(b) governmental plans, by means of a rollover or transfer. You may be able to rollover or transfer amounts between qualified plans and traditional IRAs. These rules do not apply to Roth IRAs and 457(b) non-governmental tax-exempt plans. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) permits direct conversions from certain qualified, 403(b) or 457(b) plans to Roth IRAs (effective for distributions after 2007). There are special rules that apply to rollovers, direct rollovers and transfers (including rollovers or transfers of after-tax amounts). If the applicable rules are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences, including paying taxes which you might not otherwise have had to pay. Before we send a rollover distribution, we will provide a notice explaining tax withholding requirements (see Federal Income Tax Withholding). We are not required to send you such notice for your IRA. You should always consult your tax advisor before you move or attempt to move any funds.

The IRS issued Announcement 2014-32 confirming its intent to apply the one-rollover-per-year limitation of 408(d)(3)(B) on an aggregate basis to all IRAs that an individual owns. This means that an individual cannot make a tax-free IRA-to-IRA rollover if he or she has made such a rollover involving any of the individual’s IRAs in the current tax year. If an intended rollover does not qualify for tax-free rollover treatment, contributions to your IRA may constitute excess contributions that may exceed contribution limits. This one-rollover-per-year limitation does not apply to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers.

Death Benefit and IRAs

Pursuant to Treasury regulations, IRAs may not invest in life insurance contracts. We do not believe that these regulations prohibit the Death Benefit from being provided under the contract when we issue the contract as a Traditional or Roth IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that the presence of the Death Benefit under a contract issued as a Traditional or Roth IRA could result in increased taxes to you. Certain Death Benefit options may not be available for all of our products.

Federal Income Tax Withholding

We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a contract unless you notify us in writing prior to the distribution that tax is not to be withheld. In certain circumstances, Federal income tax rules may require us to withhold tax. At the time a withdrawal, surrender, or Annuity Payout is requested, we will give you an explanation of the withholding requirements.

Certain payments from your contract may be considered eligible rollover distributions (even if such payments are not being rolled over). Such distributions may be subject to special tax withholding requirements. The Federal income tax withholding rules require that we withhold 20% of the eligible rollover distribution from the payment amount, unless you elect to have the amount directly transferred to certain qualified plans or contracts. The IRS requires that tax be withheld, even if you have requested otherwise. Such tax withholding requirements are generally applicable to 401(a), 403(a) or (b), HR 10, and 457(b) governmental plans and contracts used in connection with these types of plans.

Our Tax Status

Under the Code, we are not required to pay tax on investment income and realized capital gains of the VAA. We do not expect that we will incur any Federal income tax liability on the income and gains earned by the VAA. However, the Company does expect, to the extent permitted under the Code, to claim the benefit of the foreign tax credit as the owner of the assets of the VAA. Therefore, we do not impose a charge for Federal income taxes. If there are any changes in the Code that require us to pay tax on some or all of the income and gains earned by the VAA, we may impose a charge against the VAA to pay the taxes.

Table of Contents

Changes in the Law

The above discussion is based on the Code, IRS regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this prospectus. However, Congress, the IRS, and the courts may modify these authorities, sometimes retroactively.

Additional Information

Voting Rights

As required by law, we will vote the fund shares held in the VAA at meetings of the shareholders of the funds. The voting will be done according to the instructions of Contractowners who have interests in any Subaccounts which invest in classes of the funds. If the 1940 Act or any regulation under it should be amended or if present interpretations should change, and if as a result we determine that we are permitted to vote the fund shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.

The number of votes which you have the right to cast will be determined by applying your percentage interest in a Subaccount to the total number of votes attributable to the Subaccount. In determining the number of votes, fractional shares will be recognized.

Each underlying fund is subject to the laws of the state in which it is organized concerning, among other things, the matters which are subject to a shareholder vote, the number of shares which must be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders (a “quorum”), and the percentage of such shares present in person or by proxy which must vote in favor of matters presented. Because shares of the underlying fund held in the VAA are owned by us, and because under the 1940 Act we will vote all such shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions which we receive, it is important that each Contractowner provide their voting instructions to us. For funds un-affiliated with Lincoln, even though Contractowners may choose not to provide voting instruction, the shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. For funds affiliated with Lincoln, shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will, once we receive a sufficient number of instructions we deem appropriate to ensure a fair representation of Contractowners eligible to vote, be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. As a result, the instruction of a small number of Contractowners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote. All shares voted by us will be counted when the underlying fund determines whether any requirement for a minimum number of shares be present at such a meeting to satisfy a quorum requirement has been met. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted on will be applied proportionately to reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.

Whenever a shareholders meeting is called, we will provide or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Subaccount proxy voting material, reports and other materials relating to the funds. Since the funds engage in shared funding, other persons or entities besides Lincoln Life may vote fund shares. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account – Fund Shares.

Return Privilege

Within the free-look period after you receive the contract, you may cancel it for any reason by delivering or mailing it postage prepaid, to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company at PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348. A contract canceled under this provision will be void. Except as explained in the following paragraph, we will return the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes which had been deducted. A purchaser who participates in the VAA is subject to the risk of a market loss on the Contract Value during the free-look period.

For contracts written in those states whose laws require that we assume this market risk during the free-look period, a contract may be canceled, subject to the conditions explained before, except that we will return the greater of the Purchase Payment(s) or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes that had been deducted. IRA purchasers will also receive the greater of Purchase Payments or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request.

State Regulation

As a life insurance company organized and operated under Indiana law, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers and to regulation by the Indiana Commissioner of Insurance. Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the Indiana Department of Insurance at all times. A full examination of our operations is conducted by that Department at least every five years.

Records and Reports

As presently required by the 1940 Act and applicable regulations, we are responsible for maintaining all records and accounts relating to the VAA. We have entered into an agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, One Mellon Bank Center, 500 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 15258, to provide accounting services to the VAA. We will mail to you, at your last known address of record at the Home Office, at least semi-annually after the first Contract Year, reports containing information required by that Act or any other applicable law or regulation.

Table of Contents

A written (or electronic, if elected) confirmation of each transaction will be provided to you on the next Valuation Date, except for the following transactions, which are mailed quarterly:

•	deduction of any account fee or rider charges;
•	any rebalancing event under Investment Requirements or the portfolio rebalancing service;
•	any transfer or withdrawal under any applicable additional service: dollar cost averaging or AWS; and
•	Regular Income Payments from i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Cyber Security

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our annuity products business. Because our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacks may interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate Accumulation Unit value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.

Other Information

You may elect to receive your prospectus, prospectus supplements, quarterly statements, and annual and semiannual reports electronically over the Internet, if you have an e-mail account and access to an Internet browser. Once you select eDelivery, via the Internet Service Center, all documents available in electronic format will no longer be sent to you in hard copy. You will receive an e-mail notification when the documents become available online. It is your responsibility to provide us with your current e-mail address. You can resume paper mailings at any time without cost, by updating your profile at the Internet Service Center, or contacting us. To learn more about this service, please log on to www.LincolnFinancial.com, select service centers and continue on through the Internet Service Center.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of its business and otherwise, the Company and its subsidiaries or its separate accounts and Principal Underwriter may become or are involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of its business. In some instances, the proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief.

After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management’s opinion that the proceedings, after consideration of any reserves and rights to indemnification, ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, or the financial position of its separate accounts or Principal Underwriter. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings and the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such legal proceedings, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could be material to the Company's operating results for any particular reporting period. Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for possible additional information regarding legal proceedings.

Table of Contents

Contents of the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

Item
Special Terms
Services
Principal Underwriter
Purchase of Securities Being Offered
Annuity Payouts
Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations
Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value
Capital Markets
Advertising & Ratings
Unclaimed Property
Additional Services
Other Information
Financial Statements

For a free copy of the SAI complete the form below:

Statement of Additional Information Request Card
American Legacy^® Advisory

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

Please send me a free copy of the current Statement of Additional Information for Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H American Legacy^® Advisory.

(Please Print)

Name:

Address:

City

State

Zip

Mail to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348.

Table of Contents

Appendix A—Condensed Financial Information

Accumulation Unit Values

The following information relates to Accumulation Unit values and Accumulation Units for funds in the periods ended December 31. It should be read along with the VAA’s financial statement and notes which are included in the SAI.

	GOP 81-85			GOP 1-80			Contract Value Death Benefit
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
American Funds Asset Allocation Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.187	11.757	13	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.061	12.403	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.515	11.189	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Bond Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.893	10.094	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Bond Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.154	10.149	15	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Capital Income Builder^® - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.623	11.349	36	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Balanced Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Bond Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.814	10.165	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Bond Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.238	10.299	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Growth and Income Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.021	11.242	48	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Growth Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Growth Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.460	11.269	7	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Growth Portfolio℠ - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.157	12.746	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.877	11.316	20	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Growth and Income Portfolio℠ - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.692	11.596	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Growth Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.546	13.239	5	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Growth Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.317	11.220	8	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Growth-Income Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.250	12.711	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Growth-Income Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.242	11.236	18	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds High-Income Bond Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds High-Income Bond Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.184	10.235	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A

A-1

Table of Contents

	GOP 81-85			GOP 1-80			Contract Value Death Benefit
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
American Funds International Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.231	13.017	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds International Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.124	11.303	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds International Growth and Income Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.185	12.387	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds International Growth and Income Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.664	10.969	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.741	11.619	21	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Global Allocation Portfolio℠ - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.730	11.798	12	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Growth and Income Portfolio℠ - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.774	11.743	37	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Growth Fund - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Growth Portfolio℠ - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.883	11.946	20	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk Growth-Income Fund - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Managed Risk International Fund - Class P2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Mortgage Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.038	9.980	79	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Mortgage Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds New World Fund^® - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.993	12.600	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds New World Fund^® - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.051	11.230	33	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.857	9.865	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Ultra-Short Bond Fund - Class 4
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.998	9.997	12	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Balanced Allocation Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Global Balanced Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.197	10.601	23	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.731	10.833	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Growth Allocation Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.780	11.802	6	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Income Allocation Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.561	10.959	9	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Preservation Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.969	9.972	18	N/A	N/A	N/A

*	The numbers of accumulation units less than 1000 were rounded up to one.

A-2

Table of Contents

Appendix B — Guaranteed Annual Income Rates for Previous Rider Elections

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider elections on or after September 25, 2017 but prior to May 21, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 74	5.50%	65 – 74	5.25%
75+	5.85%	75+	5.60%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider elections on or after January 9, 2017 but prior to September 25, 2017

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.25%	65+	5.00%

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage Guaranteed Annual Income Rates

Guaranteed Annual Income Rates by Ages for applications and rider election forms signed between January 19, 2018 and April 18, 2018:

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income Rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income Rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 74	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
75+	5.50%	75+	5.00%

*In order to have received the rates indicated, your application or rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above.

Guaranteed Annual Income Rates by Ages for applications and rider election forms signed between January 9, 2017 and January 18, 2018:

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income Rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income Rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
		75+	5.00%

*In order to have received the rates indicated, your application or rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above.

B-1

Table of Contents

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Table of Contents

Appendix C — Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages for Previous Rider Elections

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections and for purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage between January 9, 2017 and April 18, 2018.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 69	4.00%
65 – 69	4.50%	70 – 74	4.50%
70 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

*In order to have received the percentage indicated, your application or rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above. Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Automatic Annual Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Purchasers of 4LATER^® Select Advantage may use any remaining Income Base to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections or for prior purchasers of
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) prior to May 21, 2018.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Percentage of Account Value or Income Base*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Percentage of Account Value or Income Base*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 –58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 69	4.00%
65 – 69	4.50%	70 – 74	4.50%
70 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

*	Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Automatic Annual Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

C-1

Table of Contents

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

American Legacy^® Advisory
Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H (Registrant)

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Depositor)

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

This SAI should be read in conjunction with the American Legacy^® Advisory prospectus of Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H dated May 1, 2018. You may obtain a copy of the American Legacy^® Advisory prospectus on request and without charge. Please write Lincoln Life Customer Service, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46802, or call 1-800-942-5500.

Table of Contents

Item	Page
Special Terms	B-2
Services	B-2
Principal Underwriter	B-2
Purchase of Securities Being Offered	B-2
Annuity Payouts	B-2
Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations	B-3
Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value	B-4

Item	Page
Capital Markets	B-4
Advertising & Ratings	B-4
Unclaimed Property	B-4
Additional Services	B-5
Other Information	B-5
Financial Statements	B-5

This SAI is not a prospectus.
The date of this SAI is May 1, 2018.

Special Terms

The special terms used in this SAI are the ones defined in the prospectus.

Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19103, has audited a) the financial statements of the Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H comprised of the subaccounts described in the related appendix to the opinion, as of December 31, 2017, and the related statement of operations and the statements of changes in net assets for the periods indicated in the appendix to the opinion; and b) the consolidated financial statements of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 as set forth in their reports, which are included in this SAI and Registration Statement. The aforementioned financial statements are included herein in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Keeper of Records

All accounts, books, records and other documents which are required to be maintained for the VAA are maintained by us or by third parties responsible to Lincoln Life. We have entered into an agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, One Mellon Bank Center, 500 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 15258, to provide accounting services to the VAA. No separate charge against the assets of the VAA is made by us for this service.

Principal Underwriter

Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”), an affiliate of Lincoln Life, serves as principal underwriter (the “Principal Underwriter”) for the contracts, as described in the prospectus. The Principal Underwriter offers the contracts to the public on a continuous basis and anticipates continuing to offer the contracts, but reserves the right to discontinue the offering. The Principal Underwriter offers the contracts through investment professionals who offer investment advice for a fee, and who are also associated with Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation and/or Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation (collectively, “LFN”), our affiliates. The Principal Underwriter also may enter into selling agreements with other broker-dealers (“Selling Firms”) for the sale of the contracts. Investment professionals of Selling Firms are appointed as our insurance agents. LFD, acting as Principal Underwriter, paid $322,125,227, $281,844,173 and $274,962,118 to LFN and Selling Firms in 2015, 2016 and 2017 respectively, as sales compensation with respect to all the contracts offered under the VAA. The Principal Underwriter retained no underwriting commissions for the sale of the contracts.

Purchase of Securities Being Offered

The variable annuity contracts are offered to the public through investment professionals who offer investment advice for a fee, and who are also associated with broker-dealers. There are no special purchase plans for any class of prospective buyers. However, under certain limited circumstances described in the prospectus under the section Charges and Other Deductions, any applicable account fee and/or surrender charge may be reduced or waived.

Both before and after the Annuity Commencement Date, there are exchange privileges between Subaccounts, and from the VAA to the general account (if available) subject to restrictions set out in the prospectus. See The Contracts, in the prospectus. No exchanges are permitted between the VAA and other separate accounts.

The offering of the contracts is continuous.

Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined on the basis of:

•	the dollar value of the contract on the Annuity Commencement Date less any applicable premium tax;
•	the annuity tables contained in the contract;
•	the type of annuity option selected; and

B-2

•	the investment results of the fund(s) selected.

In order to determine the amount of variable Annuity Payouts, we make the following calculation:

•	first, we determine the dollar amount of the first payout;
•	second, we credit the contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units based on the amount of the first payout; and
•	third, we calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.

These steps are explained below.

The dollar amount of the first periodic variable Annuity Payout is determined by applying the total value of the Accumulation Units credited under the contract valued as of the Annuity Commencement Date (less any premium taxes) to the annuity tables contained in the contract. The first variable Annuity Payout will be paid 14 days after the Annuity Commencement Date. This day of the month will become the day on which all future Annuity Payouts will be paid. Amounts shown in the tables are based on the 1983 Table “a” Individual Annuity Mortality Tables, modified, with an assumed investment return at the rate of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per annum, depending on the terms of your contract. The first Annuity Payout is determined by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the contract tables by the number of thousands of dollars of value accumulated under the contract. These annuity tables vary according to the form of annuity selected and the age of the Annuitant at the Annuity Commencement Date. The assumed interest rate is the measuring point for subsequent Annuity Payouts. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed interest rate, the payout will increase at a rate equal to the amount of such excess.

Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed interest rate, Annuity Payouts will decrease. If the assumed rate of interest were to be increased, Annuity Payouts would start at a higher level but would decrease more rapidly or increase more slowly.

We may use sex-distinct annuity tables in contracts that are not associated with employer sponsored plans and where not prohibited by law.

At an Annuity Commencement Date, the contract is credited with Annuity Units for each Subaccount on which variable Annuity Payouts are based. The number of Annuity Units to be credited is determined by dividing the amount of the first periodic payout by the value of an Annuity Unit in each Subaccount selected. Although the number of Annuity Units is fixed by this process, the value of such units will vary with the value of the underlying fund. The amount of the second and subsequent periodic payouts is determined by multiplying the Contractowner’s fixed number of Annuity Units in each Subaccount by the appropriate Annuity Unit value for the Valuation Date ending 14 days prior to the date that payout is due.

The value of each Subaccount’s Annuity Unit will be set initially at $1.00. The Annuity Unit value for each Subaccount at the end of any Valuation Date is determined by multiplying the Subaccount Annuity Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation Date by the product of:

•	The net investment factor of the Subaccount for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being determined, and
•	A factor to neutralize the assumed investment return in the annuity table.

The value of the Annuity Units is determined as of a Valuation Date 14 days prior to the payment date in order to permit calculation of amounts of Annuity Payouts and mailing of checks in advance of their due dates. Such checks will normally be issued and mailed at least three days before the due date.

Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations

These examples will illustrate the impact of the length of the Access Period and the impact of a withdrawal on the Regular Income Payments. These examples assume that the investment return is the same as the assumed investment return (AIR) to make the Regular Income Payment calculations simpler to understand. The Regular Income Payments will vary based on the investment performance of the underlying funds.

Annuitant	Male, Age 65
Secondary Life	Female, Age 63
Purchase Payment	$200,000.00
Regular Income Payment Frequency	Annual
AIR	4.0%
Hypothetical Investment Return	4.0%

	20-year Access Period	30-Year Access Period
Regular Income Payment	$10,493.94	$9,952.72

A 10% withdrawal from the Account Value will reduce the Regular Income Payments by 10% to $9,444.55 with the 20-year Access Period and $8,957.45 with the 30-year Access Period.

B-3

At the end of the 20-year Access Period, the remaining Account Value of $113,236 (assuming no withdrawals) will be used to continue the $10,493.94 Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period for the lives of the Annuitant and Secondary Life. At the end of the 30-year Access Period, the remaining Account Value of $68,154 (assuming no withdrawals) will be used to continue the $9,952.72 Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period for the lives of the Annuitant and Secondary Life. (Note: the Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period will vary based on the investment performance of the underlying funds).

Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value

A description of the days on which Accumulation and Annuity Units will be valued is given in the prospectus. The New York Stock Exchange's (NYSE) most recent announcement (which is subject to change) states that it will be closed on weekends and on these holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. If any of these holidays occurs on a weekend day, the Exchange may also be closed on the business day occurring just before or just after the holiday. It may also be closed on other days.

Since the portfolios of some of the fund and series will consist of securities primarily listed on foreign exchanges or otherwise traded outside the United States, those securities may be traded (and the net asset value of those fund and series and of the variable account could therefore be significantly affected) on days when the investor has no access to those funds and series.

Capital Markets

In any particular year, our capital may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors — the amount of our statutory income or losses (which is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital we must hold to support business growth, changes in reserving requirements, our inability to secure capital market solutions to provide reserve relief, such as issuing letters of credit to support captive reinsurance structures, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio and changes in interest rates.

Advertising & Ratings

We may include in certain advertisements, endorsements in the form of a list of organizations, individuals or other parties which recommend Lincoln Life or the policies. Furthermore, we may occasionally include in advertisements comparisons of currently taxable and tax deferred investment programs, based on selected tax brackets, or discussions of alternative investment vehicles and general economic conditions.

Our financial strength is ranked and rated by nationally recognized independent rating agencies. The ratings do not imply approval of the product and do not refer to the performance of the product, or any separate account, including the underlying investment options. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our products. Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings periodically. Accordingly, all ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies, and therefore, no assurance can be given that these ratings will be maintained. The current outlook for the insurance subsidiaries is stable for Moody’s, A.M. Best and Standard & Poor’s, and positive for Fitch. Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet contract holder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade of our financial strength rating could affect our competitive position in the insurance industry by making it more difficult for us to market our products as potential customers may select companies with higher financial strength ratings and by leading to increased withdrawals by current customers seeking companies with higher financial strength ratings. For more information on ratings, including outlooks, see www.LincolnFinancial.com/investor.

Unclaimed Property

We have entered into a Global Resolution Agreement with a third party auditor representing multiple states and jurisdictions. Under the terms of the Global Resolution Agreement, the third party auditor has compared expanded matching criteria to the Social Security Master Death File (“SSMDF”) to identify deceased insureds and policy or contract holders where a valid claim has not been made. We have also entered into a Regulatory Settlement Agreement with multiple states and jurisdictions. The Regulatory Settlement Agreement applies prospectively and requires us to adopt and implement additional procedures comparing our records to the SSMDF to identify unclaimed death benefits and prescribes procedures for identifying and locating beneficiaries once deaths are identified. Other jurisdictions that are not signatories to the Regulatory Settlement Agreement are conducting examinations and audits of our compliance with unclaimed property laws. Any escheatable property identified as a result of the audits and inquiries could result in additional payments of previously unclaimed death benefits or the payment of abandoned funds to U.S. jurisdictions.

B-4

Additional Services

Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA)—You may systematically transfer, on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available, amounts from certain Subaccounts, or the fixed side (if available) of the contract into the Subaccounts or in accordance with other terms we make available. You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by completing an election form available from us. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged is $1,500 over any time period between six and 60 months. We may offer different time periods for new Purchase Payments and for transfers of Contract Value. State variations may exist. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:

•	the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	the value of the amount being DCA'd is depleted; or
•	you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.

We reserve the right to discontinue or restrict access to this program at any time.

A transfer made as part of this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made, or assessing any charges or Interest Adjustment which may apply to transfers. Upon receipt of an additional Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA fixed account, the existing program duration will be extended to reflect the end date of the new DCA program. However, the existing interest crediting rate will not be extended. The existing interest crediting rate will expire at its originally scheduled expiration date and the value remaining in the DCA account from the original amount as well as any additional Purchase Payments will be credited with interest at the standard DCA rate at the time. DCA does not assure a profit or protect against loss.

Automatic Withdrawal Service (AWS)—AWS provides an automatic, periodic withdrawal of Contract Value to you. AWS may take place on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contractowner. You may elect to participate in AWS at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by sending a written request to us. The minimum Contract Value required to establish AWS is $10,000. You may cancel or make changes to your AWS program at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization has been elected, certain changes may be made by telephone. Notwithstanding the requirements of the program, any withdrawal must be permitted under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC for qualified plans or permitted under Section 72 of the IRC for nonqualified contracts. To the extent that withdrawals under AWS do not qualify for an exemption from the contingent deferred sales charge, we will assess any applicable surrender charges on those withdrawals. See Surrender Charge.

Portfolio Rebalancing — Portfolio rebalancing is an option, which, if elected by the Contractowner, restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of the Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE^® Advantage), allocated to each variable Subaccount. This pre-determined level will be the allocation initially selected when the contract was purchased, unless subsequently changed. The portfolio rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by submitting a written request to us. If portfolio rebalancing is elected, all Purchase Payments allocated to the variable Subaccounts must be subject to portfolio rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing may take place on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contractowner. The Contractowner may terminate the portfolio rebalancing program or re-enroll at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization has been elected, the Contractowner may make these elections by phone. The portfolio rebalancing program is not available following the Annuity Commencement Date.

Please note that all of the services discussed in this section will stop once we are notified of a pending death claim.

Other Information

Due to differences in redemption rates, tax treatment or other considerations, the interests of policyholders under the variable life accounts could conflict with those of Contractowners under the VAA. In those cases, where assets from variable life and variable annuity separate accounts are invested in the same fund(s) (i.e., where mixed funding occurs), the Boards of Directors of the fund involved will monitor for any material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken. If it becomes necessary for any separate account to replace shares of any fund with another investment, that fund may have to liquidate securities on a disadvantageous basis. Refer to the prospectus for each fund for more information about mixed funding.

Financial Statements

The December 31, 2017 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2017 consolidated financial statements of Lincoln Life appear on the following pages.

B-5

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H CORRESPCorrespondence with SEC